1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
22 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
24 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
25 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
26 out locations for types and decls.
27 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
28 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
30 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
31 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
32 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
33 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
36 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
38 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
39 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
40 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
41 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
42 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
44 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
45 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
47 CIE = Common Information Entry
48 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
50 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
52 FDE = Frame Description Entry
53 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
54 how to restore registers
56 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
57 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
61 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "diagnostic.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
94 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
96 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
99 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
100 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
102 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
103 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
104 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
105 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
106 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
107 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
108 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
109 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
111 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
115 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
116 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
117 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
118 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
124 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
125 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
126 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
127 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
128 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
131 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
132 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
134 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
138 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
140 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
141 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
142 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
143 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
144 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
145 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
|| saved_do_cfi_asm
146 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
147 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
148 && (flag_unwind_tables
149 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
154 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
157 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
161 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
164 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
166 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
|| !eh_personality_libfunc
)
168 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
171 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
172 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
173 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
174 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
176 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
177 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
180 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
184 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
186 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
189 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
190 must be kept around forever. */
191 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
193 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
194 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
195 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
197 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
199 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
200 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
201 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
202 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
203 define type declaration DIE's. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
206 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
207 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
208 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
209 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
210 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
211 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
212 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
213 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
214 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
215 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
216 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
217 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
219 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
220 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
221 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
224 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
225 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
226 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
228 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
229 Information instructions. The register number, offset
230 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
231 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
233 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
235 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
241 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
242 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
243 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
244 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
245 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
249 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
250 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
251 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
252 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
254 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
259 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
260 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
261 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
262 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
263 of this structure. */
264 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc
{
265 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
266 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
268 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
269 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
272 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
273 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
274 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
275 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
276 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
278 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
280 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
281 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
282 const char *dw_fde_end
;
283 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
284 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
285 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
286 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
287 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
288 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
289 unsigned funcdef_number
;
290 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
291 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
292 unsigned int drap_reg
;
293 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
294 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
295 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
296 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
297 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
298 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
299 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
300 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
301 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
302 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
303 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
304 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
305 cold_text_section. */
306 unsigned cold_in_std_section
: 1;
307 /* True iff switched sections. */
308 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections
: 1;
309 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
310 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
: 1;
314 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
315 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
317 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
318 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
319 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
320 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
322 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
323 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
326 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
327 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
328 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
331 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
332 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
335 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
336 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
337 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
340 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
341 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
343 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
344 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
347 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
348 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
349 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
351 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
352 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
353 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
354 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
356 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
360 /* CIE identifier. */
361 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
362 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
363 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
365 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
368 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
369 information for each routine. */
370 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
372 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
373 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
375 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
376 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
378 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
380 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
382 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
384 static inline dw_fde_ref
387 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
390 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
391 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
393 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
394 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
395 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
396 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
397 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
398 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
401 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
403 unsigned int refcount
;
404 enum dwarf_form form
;
408 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
410 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
411 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
413 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
414 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
416 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
418 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
419 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
421 /* The default cold text section. */
422 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
424 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
426 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
428 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
429 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
430 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
431 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
432 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
433 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
434 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
435 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
436 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
437 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
439 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
441 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
442 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
443 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
444 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
445 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
, bool);
446 static void dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT
, const char *);
447 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
448 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
449 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
451 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
452 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
453 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
454 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
455 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
456 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
457 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
458 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
459 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
460 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
462 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
463 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
464 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
467 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
468 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
469 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
471 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
472 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
475 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
476 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
479 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
480 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
483 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
484 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
486 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
487 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
488 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
489 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
490 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
491 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
492 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
493 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
494 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
495 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
497 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
498 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
500 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
502 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
504 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
508 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
509 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
510 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
511 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
514 /* Hook used by __throw. */
517 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
519 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
520 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
523 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
524 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
527 stripattributes (const char *s
)
529 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
534 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
541 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
542 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
545 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
547 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
548 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
549 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
552 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
554 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
555 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
557 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
558 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
562 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
563 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
566 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
568 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
571 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
574 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
577 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
578 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
579 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
580 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
582 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
584 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
586 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
588 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
589 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
592 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
593 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
594 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
596 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
598 wrote_return_column
= true;
600 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
604 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
605 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
609 if (!wrote_return_column
)
610 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
612 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
613 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
616 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
619 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
622 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
626 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
627 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
629 return "DW_CFA_offset";
631 return "DW_CFA_restore";
635 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
636 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
637 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
638 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
639 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
640 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
641 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
642 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
643 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
644 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
645 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
646 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
647 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
648 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
649 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
650 case DW_CFA_register
:
651 return "DW_CFA_register";
652 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
653 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
654 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
655 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
657 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
658 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
659 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
660 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
661 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
664 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
665 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
666 case DW_CFA_expression
:
667 return "DW_CFA_expression";
668 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
669 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
670 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
671 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
672 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
673 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
675 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
676 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
677 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
680 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
681 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
682 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
683 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
684 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
685 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
688 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
692 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
694 static inline dw_cfi_ref
697 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node
);
699 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
700 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
701 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
706 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
709 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
712 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
714 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
715 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
716 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
717 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
718 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
719 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
720 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
722 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
723 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
724 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
726 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
733 /* Find the end of the chain. */
734 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
740 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
741 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
744 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
746 static char label
[20];
748 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
750 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
751 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
753 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
757 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
758 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
764 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
765 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
767 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
768 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
771 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
773 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
775 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
777 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
779 /* Emit the state save. */
780 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
781 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
782 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
783 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
786 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
788 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
792 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
794 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
796 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
797 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
798 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
799 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
800 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
801 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
802 if (dwarf_version
== 2
803 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
804 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
805 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
807 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
809 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
810 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
811 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
813 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
814 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
815 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
816 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
817 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
819 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
820 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
824 label
= xstrdup (label
);
826 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
828 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
829 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
830 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
831 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
832 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
833 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
834 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
835 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
843 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
845 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
847 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
848 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
849 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
850 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
851 sure how to address this for now. */
855 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
857 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
860 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
862 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
863 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
867 label
= xstrdup (label
);
869 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
871 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
872 set the location directly using set_loc. */
873 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
874 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
876 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
877 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
879 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
882 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
885 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
888 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
891 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
893 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
895 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
896 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
897 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
899 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
900 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
903 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
904 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
905 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
908 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
911 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
912 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
914 remember
->in_use
= 1;
916 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
917 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
919 remember
->in_use
= 0;
927 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
930 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
934 dw_cfa_location remember
;
936 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
937 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
940 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
941 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
943 fde
= current_fde ();
945 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
946 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
949 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
950 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
952 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
954 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
956 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
957 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
959 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
960 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
962 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
963 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
965 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
966 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
967 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
970 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
977 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
980 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
983 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
985 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
986 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
987 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
988 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
989 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
992 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
993 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
996 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
999 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1004 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1005 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1007 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1008 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1010 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1011 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1016 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
1018 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1019 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1020 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1021 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1023 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1025 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1026 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1029 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1030 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1031 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1034 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1035 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1036 offset has not changed. */
1037 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1038 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1042 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1044 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1045 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1046 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1047 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1050 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1052 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1053 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1054 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1058 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1059 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1060 register-offset pair is available. */
1061 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1063 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1064 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1065 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1068 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1071 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1072 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1073 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1074 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1077 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1079 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1080 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1082 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1084 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1087 && fde
->stack_realign
1088 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1090 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1091 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1092 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
1093 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1095 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1097 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1098 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1099 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1100 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1102 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1103 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1105 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1106 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1109 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1110 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1113 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1116 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1117 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1118 from the previous frame's window save area.
1120 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1121 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1124 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1126 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1128 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1129 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1132 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1133 pushed onto the stack. */
1136 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1140 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1143 old_args_size
= size
;
1146 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1147 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1148 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1151 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1152 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1155 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1157 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1160 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1161 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1164 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1166 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1169 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1170 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1173 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1175 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1178 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1179 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1180 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1183 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1185 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1186 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1188 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1191 /* RA is in a register. */
1192 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1196 /* RA is on the stack. */
1197 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1198 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1201 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1206 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1207 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1211 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1212 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1222 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1223 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1224 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1225 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1226 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1233 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1234 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1238 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1241 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1242 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1243 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1245 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1246 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1247 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1250 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1252 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1254 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1256 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1258 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1259 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1262 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1265 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1266 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1267 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1270 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1271 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1277 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1281 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1282 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1283 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1289 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1291 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1292 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1293 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1294 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1295 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1302 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1304 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1311 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1313 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1328 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1329 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1331 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1333 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1335 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1336 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1337 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1339 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1342 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1344 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1346 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1347 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1348 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1349 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1351 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1353 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1354 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1355 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1356 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1361 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1365 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1366 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1367 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1368 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1370 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1372 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1373 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1378 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1382 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1383 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1388 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1392 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1394 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1395 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1400 return cur_args_size
;
1403 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1406 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1408 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1410 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1412 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1413 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1414 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1416 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1417 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1418 insn
= get_insns ();
1419 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1420 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1423 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1425 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1426 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1428 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1429 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1430 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1431 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1432 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1434 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1436 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1438 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1443 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1445 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1447 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1452 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1453 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1458 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1459 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1461 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1462 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1463 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1464 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1466 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1467 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1470 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1471 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1473 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1474 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1475 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1479 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1483 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1487 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1490 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1494 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1497 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1498 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1502 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1503 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1504 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1507 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1509 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1513 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1514 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1515 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1516 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1517 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1520 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1521 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1522 shouldn't change at all. */
1524 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1525 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1528 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1529 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1530 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1532 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1534 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1535 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1536 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1537 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1538 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1539 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1540 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1541 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1546 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1548 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1549 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1552 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1554 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1555 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1556 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1557 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1558 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1562 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1567 offset
-= args_size
;
1568 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1572 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1573 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1574 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1575 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1577 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1579 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1580 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1581 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1590 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1591 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (offset
, label
);
1594 /* Adjust args_size based on stack adjustment OFFSET. */
1597 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1599 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1600 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1602 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1603 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1605 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1609 args_size
+= offset
;
1613 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1614 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1615 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1620 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1621 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1622 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1624 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1625 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1627 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1631 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1633 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1634 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1639 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1640 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1641 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1642 more efficient data structure. */
1643 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1644 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1646 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1647 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1649 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1650 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1653 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1655 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1657 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1658 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1660 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1661 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1666 q
= GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save
);
1667 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1668 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1672 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1673 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1675 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1678 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1681 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1683 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1685 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1688 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1690 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1691 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1693 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1695 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1696 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1698 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1700 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1701 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1704 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1706 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1708 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1709 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1712 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1713 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1716 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1717 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1718 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1719 have a new location for? */
1722 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1724 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1726 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1729 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1731 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1732 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1733 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1740 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1743 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1746 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1748 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1749 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1751 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1753 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1754 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1756 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1757 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1759 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1760 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1761 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1764 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1767 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1769 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1771 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1773 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1774 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1777 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1778 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1779 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1780 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1786 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1787 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1788 value, not an offset. */
1789 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1791 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1794 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1796 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1798 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1801 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1802 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1806 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1810 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1814 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1817 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1820 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1824 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1825 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1826 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1828 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1831 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1832 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1842 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1843 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1845 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1848 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1851 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1853 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1854 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1856 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1857 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1858 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1859 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1861 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1862 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1865 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1866 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1869 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1870 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
1876 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
1878 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1879 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1881 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1884 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1885 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1888 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
1890 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
1892 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
1893 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1895 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
1897 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
1898 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
1899 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
1904 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1907 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1910 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
1912 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1913 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1916 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
1918 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
1920 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
1922 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1923 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1924 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
1927 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1930 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
1932 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1933 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1935 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
1936 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
1938 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1941 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1942 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1943 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1944 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1946 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1947 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1948 users need not read the source code.
1950 The High-Level Picture
1952 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1953 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1954 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1955 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1956 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1958 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1959 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1960 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1961 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1962 saves. This also seems to work.
1964 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1965 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1966 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1967 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1968 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1969 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1970 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1971 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1972 value as in the caller.
1974 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1975 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1976 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1977 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1979 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1982 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1984 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1985 consists of a register and an offset.
1986 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1987 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1988 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1989 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1990 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1991 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1992 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1994 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1995 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1996 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1999 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2000 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2001 and cfa_temp.offset.
2003 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2006 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2007 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2008 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2010 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2011 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2012 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2013 register instead of CFA+offset.
2017 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2018 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2021 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2022 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2023 cfa.offset unchanged
2024 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2025 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2028 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2029 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2030 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2031 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2032 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2033 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2036 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2037 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2038 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2041 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2042 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2044 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2045 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2046 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2049 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2050 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2052 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2053 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2056 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2057 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2058 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2061 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2062 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2063 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2066 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2070 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2071 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2072 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2075 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2076 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2077 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2079 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2082 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2083 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2084 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2086 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2089 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2092 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2093 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2096 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2097 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2098 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2101 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2102 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2103 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2104 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2107 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2108 effects: target-dependent
2111 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2112 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2113 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2114 cfa_store.offset = 0
2115 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2118 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2119 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2122 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2123 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2124 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2125 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2128 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2129 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2131 && cfa.indirect == 0
2132 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2133 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2134 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg
2137 (set reg fde->drap_reg)
2138 constraints: fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM
2139 effects: fde->vdrap_reg = reg.
2140 (set mem fde->drap_reg)
2141 constraints: fde->drap_reg_saved == 1
2145 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2147 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2148 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2151 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2152 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2153 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2154 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2155 flag is set in them. */
2156 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2159 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2162 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2163 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2164 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2165 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2166 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2167 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2168 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2170 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2171 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2172 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2173 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2174 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2177 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2179 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2180 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2181 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2182 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2183 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2184 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2186 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2188 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2189 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2190 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2193 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (offset
, label
);
2199 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2201 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2202 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2206 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2211 fde
= current_fde ();
2215 && fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (src
)
2216 && (fde
->drap_reg_saved
2220 /* If we are saving dynamic realign argument pointer to a
2221 register, the destination is virtual dynamic realign
2222 argument pointer. It may be used to access argument. */
2225 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2226 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2231 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2234 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2236 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2238 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2241 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2242 relative to the current CFA register.
2244 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2245 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2246 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2247 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2248 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2249 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2250 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2254 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2255 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2256 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2257 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2258 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2260 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2261 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2262 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2263 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2265 && fde
->stack_realign
2266 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2267 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2268 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2269 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2271 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2278 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2282 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2285 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2288 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2290 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2296 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2298 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2299 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2300 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2302 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2303 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2306 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2308 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2310 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2311 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2312 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2313 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2315 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2318 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2319 or adjusting the FP */
2320 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2322 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2323 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2324 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2325 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2326 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2328 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2329 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2333 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2336 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2337 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2338 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2340 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2341 into the FP later on. */
2342 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2343 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2344 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2345 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2346 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2347 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2351 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2352 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2353 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2355 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2356 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2357 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2358 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2359 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2363 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2364 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2366 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2367 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2376 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2377 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2382 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2383 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2384 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2386 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2387 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2388 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2391 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2392 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2399 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2400 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2401 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2406 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2407 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2409 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2411 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2412 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2413 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2414 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2416 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2417 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2418 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2426 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2431 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2433 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2438 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2439 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2441 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2443 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2444 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2446 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2447 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2448 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2450 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2456 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2457 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2460 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2461 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2462 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2464 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2466 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2467 reference to represent the address of the stored
2470 && fde
->stack_realign
2471 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2473 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2474 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2477 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2478 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2480 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2484 /* With an offset. */
2491 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2492 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2493 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2494 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2497 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2499 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2500 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2503 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2504 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2510 /* Without an offset. */
2513 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2515 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2516 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2519 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2520 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2527 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2528 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2529 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2530 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2538 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2539 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2540 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2544 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2545 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2546 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2548 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2550 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2553 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2554 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2555 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2556 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2559 && fde
->stack_realign
2560 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2561 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2563 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2565 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2567 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2568 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2569 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2572 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2574 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2578 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2579 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2581 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2582 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2587 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2588 calculate the CFA. */
2589 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2593 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2595 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2596 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2598 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2603 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2605 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2608 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2611 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2612 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2616 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2618 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2620 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2621 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2623 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2625 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2626 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2637 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2638 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2639 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2641 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2642 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2645 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2649 bool handled_one
= false;
2651 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2655 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2656 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2658 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2661 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2663 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2666 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2668 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2670 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2671 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2673 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2675 if (barrier_args_size
)
2677 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2678 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2683 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2684 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2686 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2688 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2689 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2693 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2695 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2696 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2698 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2699 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2702 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2703 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2707 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2712 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2713 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2715 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2719 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2722 n
= single_set (insn
);
2723 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2727 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2732 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2733 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2735 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2739 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2744 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2745 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2748 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2758 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2760 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2763 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2764 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2765 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2766 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2769 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2771 bool saw_frp
= false;
2774 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2775 frame related insns. */
2776 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2781 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2782 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2784 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2787 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2790 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2792 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2794 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2795 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2798 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2799 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2803 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2807 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2808 save/restore pair. */
2812 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2813 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2814 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2815 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2819 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2820 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2821 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2822 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2825 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
2828 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
2832 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
2834 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
2836 /* And emulate the state save. */
2837 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2839 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
2842 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2845 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2847 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2848 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2850 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
2851 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2853 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2855 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
2860 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2861 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2862 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2864 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2865 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2870 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2871 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
2872 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
2873 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2875 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2876 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2877 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2878 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2879 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2880 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
2883 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2884 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2885 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2886 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2887 case DW_CFA_restore
:
2888 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2889 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2890 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2891 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2892 case DW_CFA_register
:
2893 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2895 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2896 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2897 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2898 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2900 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2901 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2902 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2909 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2910 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2911 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2913 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2914 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2918 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2921 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2922 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2925 case DW_CFA_register
:
2926 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2929 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2933 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2935 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2936 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2937 for collect2 the first time around. */
2940 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
2944 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2945 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2949 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2955 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2957 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2959 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2961 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2962 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2963 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2964 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2965 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2966 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2967 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2968 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2971 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2972 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
2976 if (eh_frame_section
)
2977 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
2980 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2981 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2982 switch_to_section (data_section
);
2986 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
2987 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2988 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
2989 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2990 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2995 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2998 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3003 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3004 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3005 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3006 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3007 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3008 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3009 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3011 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3012 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3013 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
3014 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3015 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3017 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3019 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3020 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3021 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
3025 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3026 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3028 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3030 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3032 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3033 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3034 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3037 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3038 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3039 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3042 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3043 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3044 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3045 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3048 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3049 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3050 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3051 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3054 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3055 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3056 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3057 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3060 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3061 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3062 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3063 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3066 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3067 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3068 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3069 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3070 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3073 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3074 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3075 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3076 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3079 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3080 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3081 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3082 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3083 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3086 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3087 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3088 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3089 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3090 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3093 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3094 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3095 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3096 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3097 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3098 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3101 case DW_CFA_register
:
3102 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3103 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3104 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3105 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3108 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3109 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3110 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3113 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3114 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3115 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3118 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3121 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3122 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3123 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
3126 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3127 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3136 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3139 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3141 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3143 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3145 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3146 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3147 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3148 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3149 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3150 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3151 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3152 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3153 going to take care of this for us. */
3157 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3158 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3159 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3160 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3161 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3164 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3165 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3166 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3167 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3170 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3171 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3172 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3175 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3176 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3177 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3180 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3181 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3182 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3183 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3184 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3187 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3188 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3189 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3192 case DW_CFA_register
:
3193 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3194 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3195 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3198 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3199 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3200 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3201 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3202 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3205 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3206 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3208 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3209 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3212 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3213 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3214 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3216 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3217 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3218 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3221 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3222 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3225 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3226 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3227 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3228 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3229 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3237 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3238 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3240 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3241 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3242 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3243 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3246 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3248 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3250 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3251 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3252 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3254 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3255 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3257 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3258 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3259 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3260 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3261 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3262 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3263 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3265 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3267 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3269 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3270 .cfi_restore_state. */
3271 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3272 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3274 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3277 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3284 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3288 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3289 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3291 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3294 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3295 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3296 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3297 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3298 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3299 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3300 case DW_CFA_register
:
3301 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3302 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3303 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3304 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3305 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3306 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3307 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3308 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3309 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3311 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3312 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3313 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3315 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3317 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3320 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3321 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3322 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3325 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3327 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3328 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3330 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3332 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3333 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3336 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3338 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3341 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3343 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3345 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3347 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3348 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3349 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3351 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3352 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3353 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3355 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3356 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3357 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3358 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3365 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3366 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3370 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3372 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3375 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3377 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3380 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3382 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3384 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3387 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3390 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3391 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3393 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3400 /* Output one FDE. */
3403 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3404 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3405 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3407 const char *begin
, *end
;
3408 static unsigned int j
;
3409 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3412 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3414 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3416 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3417 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3418 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3419 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3420 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3421 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3423 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3426 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3428 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3429 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3431 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3433 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3434 end
= fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3438 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3439 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3440 might be separated from the real start of the
3441 function by alignment padding. */
3443 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3444 else if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3445 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
3447 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
3448 if (second
^ fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3449 end
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
3451 end
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
3456 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3457 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3458 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3459 "FDE initial location");
3460 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3461 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3465 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3466 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3469 if (augmentation
[0])
3471 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3473 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3475 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3477 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3478 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3479 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3480 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3481 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3484 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3487 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3489 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3491 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3492 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3493 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3494 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3496 "Language Specific Data Area");
3500 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3501 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3502 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3503 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3507 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3510 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3512 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3513 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3514 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3515 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3518 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3519 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3521 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3522 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3528 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3530 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3532 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3533 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3534 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3535 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3537 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3538 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3541 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3542 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3543 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3544 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3545 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3547 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3548 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3549 switch *back* into the table section. */
3550 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3551 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3552 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3555 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3556 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3557 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3558 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3564 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3567 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3570 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3573 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3574 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3575 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3576 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3580 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3581 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3582 location of saved registers. */
3585 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3590 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3591 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3592 char augmentation
[6];
3593 int augmentation_size
;
3594 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3595 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3596 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3600 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3601 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3604 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3605 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3608 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3609 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3610 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3611 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3612 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3613 specialization doesn't. */
3614 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3615 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3618 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3619 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3620 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
3621 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3622 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3623 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
3625 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3626 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3627 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3628 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3631 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
3633 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3634 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3635 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3636 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3637 any_eh_needed
= true;
3638 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
3639 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3640 any_eh_needed
= true;
3642 if (! any_eh_needed
)
3646 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3650 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3651 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3653 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3654 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3656 /* Output the CIE. */
3657 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3658 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3659 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3660 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3661 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3662 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3663 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3664 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3666 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3667 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3668 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3669 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3670 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3672 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3673 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3674 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3675 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3677 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3679 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3681 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3682 augmentation_size
= 0;
3688 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3689 augmentation section.
3690 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3691 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3692 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3694 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3695 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3697 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3698 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3699 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3701 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3702 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
3705 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3706 assemble_external_libcall (eh_personality_libfunc
);
3708 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3711 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3713 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3716 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3718 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3720 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3724 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3725 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3727 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3729 + 1 /* CIE version */
3730 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3731 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3732 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3734 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3735 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3736 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3738 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3740 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3741 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3742 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3746 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3747 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3748 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3749 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3751 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3754 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3756 if (augmentation
[0])
3758 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3759 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
3761 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3762 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3763 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3764 eh_personality_libfunc
,
3768 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3769 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3770 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3772 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3773 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3774 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3777 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3778 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3780 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3781 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3782 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3783 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3785 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3786 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3789 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3791 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3792 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
3793 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3794 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3795 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3798 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3799 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3800 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3803 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3804 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3805 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3806 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3807 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3808 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3811 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3816 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3819 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
3824 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3826 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
3828 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3829 ref
= eh_personality_libfunc
;
3831 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3832 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3833 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3834 of the weirder relocation types. */
3835 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3836 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3838 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc
);
3839 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3840 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3843 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3847 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3848 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3849 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3850 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
3851 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3853 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3854 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3856 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc
);
3857 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3858 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3862 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3866 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3867 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3869 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3874 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
3876 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3877 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3878 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3880 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
3881 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3884 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3888 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
3889 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
3890 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3891 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3892 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3893 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3894 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
3895 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
3897 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3898 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3899 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3903 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3904 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
3906 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
3907 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
3908 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
3909 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
3912 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3913 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
3915 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3916 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
3917 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
3918 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
3919 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
3920 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
3921 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3922 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
3923 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3924 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 0;
3925 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= 0;
3926 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
3927 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
3928 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
3929 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
3930 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
3931 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
3932 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
3933 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3934 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3935 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
3937 section
*unlikelysec
;
3938 if (first_function_block_is_cold
)
3939 fde
->in_std_section
= 1;
3942 = (fnsec
== text_section
3943 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3944 unlikelysec
= unlikely_text_section ();
3945 fde
->cold_in_std_section
3946 = (unlikelysec
== text_section
3947 || (cold_text_section
&& unlikelysec
== cold_text_section
));
3952 = (fnsec
== text_section
3953 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3954 fde
->cold_in_std_section
= 0;
3957 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
3959 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3960 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3961 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3963 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
3966 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3967 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
3970 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
3971 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
3975 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3976 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3979 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3981 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3982 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
3985 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3986 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
3988 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
3990 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
3991 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3992 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
3993 fde
= current_fde ();
3994 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
3995 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
3999 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4001 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4002 fde_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node
, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4003 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4004 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4006 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4007 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4009 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4010 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4012 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4013 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4014 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4019 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4021 /* Output call frame information. */
4022 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4023 output_call_frame_info (0);
4025 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4026 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4027 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
4028 output_call_frame_info (1);
4032 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4035 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4037 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4038 if (sec
== text_section
)
4039 text_section_used
= true;
4040 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4041 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4045 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4047 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4049 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& !fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
);
4051 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 1;
4052 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= !in_cold_section_p
;
4054 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4055 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4056 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4057 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4058 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4060 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4061 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4062 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4064 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4065 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4066 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4068 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4069 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4071 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4072 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4074 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4076 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4077 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4079 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4083 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4085 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4087 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4088 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4089 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4094 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4095 for emitting location expressions. */
4097 /* Data about a single source file. */
4098 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4099 const char * filename
;
4103 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4104 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4105 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4106 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4107 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4109 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4113 } deferred_locations
;
4115 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4116 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4118 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4120 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4121 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4122 implementation are listed below. */
4127 dw_val_class_offset
,
4129 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4130 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4132 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4133 dw_val_class_long_long
,
4136 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4137 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4138 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4139 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4141 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4145 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
4146 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
4148 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_long_long_struct
{
4154 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4156 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4157 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4163 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4164 represented internally. */
4166 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4167 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4168 union dw_val_struct_union
4170 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4171 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4172 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4173 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4174 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4175 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4176 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
4177 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4178 struct dw_val_die_union
4182 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4183 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4184 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4185 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4186 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4187 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4189 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4193 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4196 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4197 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4198 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4199 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4200 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4201 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4203 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4204 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4208 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4209 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4210 their entire life. */
4211 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4212 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4213 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4214 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4215 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4216 Only on head of list */
4217 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4218 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4221 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4223 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4225 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4228 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4233 return "DW_OP_addr";
4235 return "DW_OP_deref";
4237 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4239 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4241 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4243 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4245 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4247 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4249 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4251 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4253 return "DW_OP_constu";
4255 return "DW_OP_consts";
4259 return "DW_OP_drop";
4261 return "DW_OP_over";
4263 return "DW_OP_pick";
4265 return "DW_OP_swap";
4269 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4277 return "DW_OP_minus";
4289 return "DW_OP_plus";
4290 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4291 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4297 return "DW_OP_shra";
4315 return "DW_OP_skip";
4317 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4319 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4321 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4323 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4325 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4327 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4329 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4331 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4333 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4335 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4337 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4339 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4341 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4343 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4345 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4347 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4349 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4351 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4353 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4355 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4357 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4359 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4361 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4381 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4383 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4385 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4387 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4389 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4391 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4393 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4395 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4397 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4399 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4401 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4403 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4405 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4407 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4409 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4411 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4413 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4415 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4417 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4419 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4421 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4423 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4425 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4445 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4447 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4449 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4451 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4453 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4455 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4457 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4459 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4461 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4463 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4465 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4467 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4469 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4471 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4473 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4475 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4477 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4479 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4481 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4483 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4485 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4487 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4489 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4509 return "DW_OP_regx";
4511 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4513 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4515 return "DW_OP_piece";
4516 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4517 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4518 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4519 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4523 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4524 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4526 return "DW_OP_call2";
4528 return "DW_OP_call4";
4529 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4530 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4531 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4532 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4533 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4534 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4535 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4536 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4538 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4539 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4540 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4541 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4542 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4543 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4546 return "OP_<unknown>";
4550 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4551 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4552 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4554 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4555 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4556 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4558 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
4560 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4561 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4562 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4563 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4564 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4569 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4572 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4573 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4576 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4579 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4582 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4585 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4587 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4589 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4590 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4596 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4599 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4601 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4604 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4609 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4610 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4614 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4615 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4616 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4617 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4618 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4620 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4621 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4623 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4624 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4627 else if (offset
> 0)
4628 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4632 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (offset
);
4633 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
4637 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4639 static unsigned long
4640 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4642 unsigned long size
= 1;
4644 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4647 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4666 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4669 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4674 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4675 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4713 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4716 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4719 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4722 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4723 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4726 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4728 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4729 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4738 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4739 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4748 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4750 static unsigned long
4751 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4756 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4757 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4758 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4760 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
4762 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4767 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4769 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
4770 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4776 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4779 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4781 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4782 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4784 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4786 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4789 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4793 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4797 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
>= 64);
4798 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4805 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4806 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4808 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
4820 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4821 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4822 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4823 only doing unwinding. */
4828 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4831 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4834 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4837 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4839 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4840 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4874 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4877 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4880 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4883 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4884 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4887 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4889 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4890 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4891 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4897 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
4899 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
4902 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4909 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4910 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
4918 /* Other codes have no operands. */
4923 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
4926 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4928 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4930 /* Output the opcode. */
4931 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
4932 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
4934 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
4935 output_loc_operands (loc
);
4939 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
4940 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
4943 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4945 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4946 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4948 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4951 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
4957 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4958 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4959 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4960 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
4965 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4966 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
4971 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4972 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
4977 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
>= 64);
4978 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4979 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
4987 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4988 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4990 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
4991 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
4996 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4999 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5000 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5037 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5038 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5042 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5043 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5044 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5045 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5049 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5055 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5059 /* Output the opcode. */
5060 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "0x%x", loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5061 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5063 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5065 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5067 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5071 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5072 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5075 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5077 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5080 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5081 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
5083 /* Output the size of the block. */
5084 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5085 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5086 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5088 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5089 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
5092 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5095 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5097 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5100 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5101 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "0x%x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
5103 /* Output the size of the block. */
5104 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5105 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5106 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5107 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5109 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5110 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5113 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5114 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5117 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5118 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5120 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5122 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5126 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5127 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5128 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5129 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5132 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5133 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5137 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5142 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5143 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5146 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5147 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5149 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5150 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5151 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5153 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5154 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5156 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5157 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5158 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5159 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5162 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5166 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5167 descriptor sequence. */
5170 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5172 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5174 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5178 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5180 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5216 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5219 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5253 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5254 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5257 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5258 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5263 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5264 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5267 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5268 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5272 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5274 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5275 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5277 /* .debug_str support. */
5278 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5280 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5281 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5282 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5283 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5284 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5285 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5286 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5287 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5288 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5289 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5290 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5291 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5292 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5294 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5295 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5296 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5297 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5299 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5301 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5307 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5308 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5309 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5310 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5311 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5312 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5313 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5314 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
5315 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5316 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5317 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5318 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
5319 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5320 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5321 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5322 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5323 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5324 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5325 something tries to reference them. */
5326 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5327 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5328 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5329 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5330 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5332 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5336 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5337 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5338 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5340 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5341 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5342 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5343 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5345 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5346 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5348 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5350 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5352 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5353 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5354 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5355 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5356 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5357 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5359 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5360 line number associated with the label generated for that
5361 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5362 the line number entry. */
5364 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5365 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5366 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5370 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5372 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5373 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5374 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5375 unsigned long function
;
5377 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5379 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5380 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5381 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5383 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5384 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5385 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5389 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5390 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5392 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5393 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5394 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5396 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5397 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5399 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5400 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5401 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5403 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5404 dw_offset die_offset
;
5405 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5407 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5408 int die_perennial_p
;
5409 unsigned int decl_id
;
5413 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5414 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5415 c = die->die_child; \
5419 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5422 /* The pubname structure */
5424 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5430 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5431 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5433 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5434 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5435 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5439 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5444 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5445 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5448 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5452 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5453 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5454 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5457 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5458 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5460 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5461 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5462 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5463 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5464 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5465 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5467 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5468 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5469 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5470 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5471 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5472 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5473 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5474 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5475 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5476 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5478 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5479 language, and compiler version. */
5481 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5482 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5483 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5485 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5486 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5488 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5489 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5490 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5491 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5492 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5494 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5495 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5496 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5497 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5498 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5499 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5501 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5502 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5503 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5504 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5506 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5510 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5511 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5512 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5514 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5515 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5517 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5518 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5520 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5521 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5522 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5523 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5524 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5526 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5527 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5528 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5529 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
5532 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5533 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
5535 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5536 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
5538 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5539 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5541 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
5543 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5544 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
5546 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5547 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5548 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
5550 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5551 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5552 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
5554 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5555 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
5556 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
5557 const char * GTY (()) label
;
5558 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
5559 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
5562 /* Variable location list. */
5563 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
5564 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
5566 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5567 it is marked through the chain. */
5568 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
5570 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5571 unsigned int decl_id
;
5573 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
5576 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5577 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
5579 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5580 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5581 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5582 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5583 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
5585 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5586 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
5588 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5589 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5591 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5592 abbrev_die_table. */
5593 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5595 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5596 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5597 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5598 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
5600 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5601 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
5603 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5604 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
5606 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5607 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5608 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5609 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
5611 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5612 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
5614 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5615 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
5617 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5619 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5621 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5622 accessible names. */
5623 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
5625 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5626 accessible types. */
5627 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
5629 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5630 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
5632 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5633 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
5635 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5636 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
5638 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5640 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5642 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5643 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
5645 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5646 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
5648 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5649 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
5651 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5652 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5653 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
5655 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5656 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
5658 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5659 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
5661 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5663 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5665 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5666 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
5668 /* Unique label counter. */
5669 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
5671 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5672 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5673 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
5675 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5676 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
5679 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5680 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
5682 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5683 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
5685 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5686 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
5688 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5690 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5691 within the current function. */
5692 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
5694 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5696 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
5697 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
5698 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
5699 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5700 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5701 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5702 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
5703 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
5704 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
5705 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
5706 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5707 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
5708 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5709 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
5710 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5711 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
5712 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
5714 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
5715 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5716 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5717 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5718 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5719 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
5720 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
5721 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
5722 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5723 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
5724 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
5725 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
5726 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5727 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
5728 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
5729 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5731 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
5732 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
5733 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
5734 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5735 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5736 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5737 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5738 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5739 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5741 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
5742 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5743 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5744 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5745 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5746 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5747 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5748 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5749 static bool is_c_family (void);
5750 static bool is_cxx (void);
5751 static bool is_java (void);
5752 static bool is_fortran (void);
5753 static bool is_ada (void);
5754 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5755 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
5756 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5757 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5758 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
5759 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5760 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5761 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5762 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
5763 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5764 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5765 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5766 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5767 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
5768 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5769 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
5770 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5771 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
5772 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5773 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5774 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
5775 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5776 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5777 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5778 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
5779 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
5780 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
5781 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
5782 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5783 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
5784 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
5785 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
5786 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
5787 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
5788 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
5789 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
5790 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
5791 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
5792 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
5793 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
5794 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
5795 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
5796 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
5797 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5798 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
5799 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
5800 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
5801 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
5802 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
5803 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
5804 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
5805 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
5806 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
5807 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
5808 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
5809 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
5810 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
5811 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
5812 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
5813 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5814 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
5815 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5816 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
5817 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5818 static void output_aranges (void);
5819 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
5820 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
5821 static unsigned int add_ranges_by_labels (const char *, const char *);
5822 static void output_ranges (void);
5823 static void output_line_info (void);
5824 static void output_file_names (void);
5825 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
5826 static int is_base_type (tree
);
5827 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5828 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
5829 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
5830 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
5831 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
5832 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
5833 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
5834 enum var_init_status
);
5835 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
5836 enum var_init_status
);
5837 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
5838 enum var_init_status
);
5839 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
5840 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
5841 enum var_init_status
);
5842 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
5843 enum var_init_status
);
5844 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
5845 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree
, int);
5846 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
);
5847 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
5848 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
5849 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
5850 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
5851 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
5852 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
5853 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5855 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5856 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
5857 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
5858 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
5859 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
5860 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
5861 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
5862 enum dwarf_attribute
);
5863 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5864 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
5865 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
5866 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
5867 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
5868 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5869 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5870 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5871 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5872 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5873 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5874 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5875 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5876 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
5877 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
5878 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5879 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
5880 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
5881 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
5882 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
5883 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5884 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
5885 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
5887 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
5889 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5890 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
5892 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5894 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5895 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5896 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5897 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5898 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5899 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5900 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5901 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5902 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
5903 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
5904 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5905 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5906 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
5907 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5908 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5909 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
5910 enum debug_info_usage
);
5911 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5912 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5913 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5914 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
5915 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
5916 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
5917 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
5918 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5919 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5920 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
5921 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
5922 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5923 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5924 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
5925 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
5926 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5927 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5928 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
5929 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
5930 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
5931 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
5932 const char *, const char *,
5934 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
5935 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
5937 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
5938 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
5939 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
5940 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
5941 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
5942 static void prune_unused_types (void);
5943 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
5945 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
5946 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
5947 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
5949 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
5950 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
5952 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
5953 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
5955 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
5956 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
5958 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
5959 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
5961 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
5962 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
5964 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
5965 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
5967 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
5968 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
5970 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
5971 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
5973 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
5974 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
5977 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
5978 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
5979 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
5982 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
5983 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
5984 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
5985 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
5988 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
5989 the section names themselves. */
5991 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
5992 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
5994 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
5995 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
5997 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
5998 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6000 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6001 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6003 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6004 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6006 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6007 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6009 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6010 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6012 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6013 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6016 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6017 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6018 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6019 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6020 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6022 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6023 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6024 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6025 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6026 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6027 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6028 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6029 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6030 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6031 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6033 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6034 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6036 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6037 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6039 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6040 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6042 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6043 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6045 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6046 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6048 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6049 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6053 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6054 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6056 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6059 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6061 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6064 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6067 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6069 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6070 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6071 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6074 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6078 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6080 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6082 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6083 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6084 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6085 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6087 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6088 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6089 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6094 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6097 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6099 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6101 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6102 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6105 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6108 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6112 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6113 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6114 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6115 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6116 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6117 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6118 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6119 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6120 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6121 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6122 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6123 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6124 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6125 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6127 return "DW_TAG_label";
6128 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6129 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6131 return "DW_TAG_member";
6132 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6133 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6134 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6135 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6136 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6137 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6138 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6139 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6140 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6141 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6142 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6143 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6144 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6145 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6146 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6147 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6148 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6149 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6150 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6151 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6152 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6153 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6154 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6155 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6156 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6157 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6158 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6159 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6161 return "DW_TAG_module";
6162 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6163 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6164 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6165 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6166 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6167 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6168 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6169 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6170 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6171 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6172 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6173 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6174 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6175 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6176 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6177 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6178 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6179 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6180 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6181 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6182 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6183 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6185 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6186 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6187 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6188 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6189 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6190 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6191 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6192 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6193 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6194 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6195 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6196 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6197 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6198 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6199 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6200 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6201 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6202 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6203 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6204 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6205 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6206 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6207 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6208 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6209 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6210 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6211 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6212 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6213 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6214 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6215 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6216 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6217 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6218 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6219 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6220 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6221 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6222 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6223 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6224 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6225 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6226 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6227 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6228 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6229 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6230 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6231 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6232 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6233 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6234 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6235 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6236 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6237 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6238 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6239 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6241 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6245 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6248 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6253 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6254 case DW_AT_location
:
6255 return "DW_AT_location";
6257 return "DW_AT_name";
6258 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6259 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6260 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6261 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6262 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6263 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6264 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6265 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6266 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6267 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6268 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6269 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6270 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6271 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6273 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6275 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6276 case DW_AT_language
:
6277 return "DW_AT_language";
6279 return "DW_AT_member";
6281 return "DW_AT_discr";
6282 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6283 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6284 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6285 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6287 return "DW_AT_import";
6288 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6289 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6290 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6291 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6292 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6293 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6294 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6295 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6296 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6297 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6298 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6299 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6301 return "DW_AT_inline";
6302 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6303 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6304 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6305 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6306 case DW_AT_producer
:
6307 return "DW_AT_producer";
6308 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6309 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6310 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6311 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6312 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6313 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6314 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6315 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6316 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6317 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6318 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6319 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6320 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6321 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6322 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6323 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6324 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6325 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6326 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6327 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6328 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6329 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6331 return "DW_AT_count";
6332 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6333 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6334 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6335 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6336 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6337 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6338 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6339 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6340 case DW_AT_declaration
:
6341 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6342 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6343 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6344 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6345 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6346 case DW_AT_external
:
6347 return "DW_AT_external";
6348 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6349 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6350 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
6351 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6353 return "DW_AT_friend";
6354 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
6355 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6356 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
6357 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6358 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
6359 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6360 case DW_AT_priority
:
6361 return "DW_AT_priority";
6363 return "DW_AT_segment";
6364 case DW_AT_specification
:
6365 return "DW_AT_specification";
6366 case DW_AT_static_link
:
6367 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6369 return "DW_AT_type";
6370 case DW_AT_use_location
:
6371 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6372 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
6373 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6374 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
6375 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6376 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
6377 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6379 case DW_AT_allocated
:
6380 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6381 case DW_AT_associated
:
6382 return "DW_AT_associated";
6383 case DW_AT_data_location
:
6384 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6385 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
6386 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6387 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
6388 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6389 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
6390 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6391 case DW_AT_extension
:
6392 return "DW_AT_extension";
6394 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6395 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
6396 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6397 case DW_AT_call_column
:
6398 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6399 case DW_AT_call_file
:
6400 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6401 case DW_AT_call_line
:
6402 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6404 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
6405 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6406 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
6407 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6408 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
6409 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6410 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
6411 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6412 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
6413 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6414 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
6415 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6416 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
6417 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6418 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
6419 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6420 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
6421 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6422 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
6423 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6424 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
6425 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6427 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
6428 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6429 case DW_AT_src_info
:
6430 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6431 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
6432 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6433 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
6434 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6435 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
6436 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6437 case DW_AT_body_end
:
6438 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6439 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
6440 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6442 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
6443 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6446 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6450 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6453 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
6458 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6459 case DW_FORM_block2
:
6460 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6461 case DW_FORM_block4
:
6462 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6464 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6466 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6468 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6469 case DW_FORM_string
:
6470 return "DW_FORM_string";
6472 return "DW_FORM_block";
6473 case DW_FORM_block1
:
6474 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6476 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6478 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6480 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6482 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6484 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6485 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
6486 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6488 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6490 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6492 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6494 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6495 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
6496 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6497 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
6498 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6500 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6504 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6505 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6506 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6507 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6511 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
6513 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
6516 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6517 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6518 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6519 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
6522 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6523 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6524 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
6526 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
6529 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6530 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6534 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
6536 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
6538 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
6539 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
6541 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6542 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
6544 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
6545 context
= NULL_TREE
;
6550 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6553 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
6555 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6559 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
6560 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
6561 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
6564 static inline enum dw_val_class
6565 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
6567 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
6570 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6573 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
6577 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6578 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
6579 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
6580 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6583 static inline unsigned
6584 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
6586 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
6587 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
6590 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6593 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
6597 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6598 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
6599 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
6600 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6603 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6604 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
6606 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
6607 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
6610 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6613 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6614 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
6618 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6619 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
6620 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
6621 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6624 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6625 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
6627 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
6628 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
6631 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6634 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6635 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
6639 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6640 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
6641 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
6642 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
6643 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6646 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6649 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6650 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
6654 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6655 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
6656 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
6657 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
6658 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
6659 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6662 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6665 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
6667 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
6671 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
6673 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
6674 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
6677 static struct indirect_string_node
*
6678 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
6680 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
6683 if (! debug_str_hash
)
6684 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
6685 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
6687 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
6688 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
6691 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
6692 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
6693 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
6697 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
6703 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
6706 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
6709 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
6711 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
6713 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6714 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
6715 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
6716 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6719 static inline const char *
6720 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
6722 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
6723 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
6726 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
6727 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
6729 static enum dwarf_form
6730 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
6732 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
6736 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
6738 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
6742 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
6744 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
6745 always better to put it inline. */
6746 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
6747 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
6749 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
6750 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
6752 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
6753 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
6754 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
6755 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
6757 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
6758 ++dw2_string_counter
;
6759 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
6761 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
6764 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
6767 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
6771 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6772 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
6773 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
6774 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
6775 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6778 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
6779 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
6782 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
6784 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
6785 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
6786 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
6789 static inline dw_die_ref
6790 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
6792 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
6793 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
6797 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
6799 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6800 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
6806 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
6808 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
6809 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
6812 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
6815 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
6819 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6820 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
6821 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
6822 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6825 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
6828 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
6832 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6833 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
6834 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
6835 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6838 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
6839 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
6841 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
6842 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
6846 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
6850 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6851 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
6852 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
6853 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6854 have_location_lists
= true;
6857 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6858 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
6860 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
6861 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
6864 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
6867 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
6871 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6872 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
6873 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
6874 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6877 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
6880 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
6882 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
6883 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
6886 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
6889 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6890 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
6894 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6895 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
6896 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
6897 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6900 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
6902 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
6903 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
6905 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
6906 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
6909 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
6912 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
6916 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6917 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
6918 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
6919 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6922 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
6923 debug_line section. */
6926 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6931 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6932 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
6933 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
6934 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6937 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
6938 debug_macinfo section. */
6941 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6946 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6947 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
6948 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
6949 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6952 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
6955 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6956 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
6960 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6961 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
6962 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
6963 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6966 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
6969 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6970 long unsigned int offset
)
6974 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6975 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
6976 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
6977 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6980 static inline const char *
6981 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
6983 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
6984 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
6985 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
6986 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
6989 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
6992 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
6996 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7001 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7002 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7004 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7005 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7009 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7014 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7015 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7016 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7018 static inline const char *
7019 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7021 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7023 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7026 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7027 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7028 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7030 static inline const char *
7031 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7033 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7035 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7038 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7039 NULL if it is not present. */
7041 static inline const char *
7042 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7044 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7046 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7049 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7050 if it is not present. */
7053 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7055 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7057 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7060 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7061 if it is not present. */
7063 static inline unsigned
7064 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7066 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7068 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7071 static inline dw_die_ref
7072 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7074 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7076 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7079 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7080 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7082 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7084 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7087 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
7092 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7094 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
7095 || lang
== DW_LANG_C99
7096 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
);
7099 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7104 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7106 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7109 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7114 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7116 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7117 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7118 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7121 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
7126 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7128 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
7131 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7136 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7138 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7141 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7144 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7152 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7153 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7155 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7156 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7157 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7159 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7161 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7166 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7167 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7170 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7172 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7173 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7176 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7180 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7181 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7182 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7185 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7189 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
7195 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
7197 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
7199 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7200 /* Might have removed every child. */
7201 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
7205 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7208 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7211 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
7213 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7214 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
7216 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
7218 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
7221 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
7222 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7225 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7226 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
7229 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7230 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7231 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7234 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
7238 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7239 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7240 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
7242 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
7248 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
7249 || (child
->die_parent
7250 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
7252 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
7253 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
7255 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
7259 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
7262 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7264 static inline dw_die_ref
7265 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
7267 dw_die_ref die
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
7269 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
7271 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
7272 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
7275 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
7277 limbo_node
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
7278 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
7279 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
7280 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
7281 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
7287 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7289 static inline dw_die_ref
7290 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
7292 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
7295 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7298 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
7300 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
7303 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7306 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
7308 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
7311 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7314 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7316 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7319 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7321 static inline dw_die_ref
7322 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
7324 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7327 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7330 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
7332 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
7335 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7339 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7341 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7344 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7346 static inline var_loc_list
*
7347 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
7349 return (var_loc_list
*)
7350 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7353 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7356 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
7358 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7361 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7363 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7366 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7369 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
7371 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7375 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7378 temp
= GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list
);
7379 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7383 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
7387 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7388 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7389 we have nothing to do. */
7390 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
7391 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
7392 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
7393 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc
->var_loc_note
))
7394 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
7395 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
7396 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc
->var_loc_note
)
7397 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
7399 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7400 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
7404 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
7405 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
7412 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7413 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7414 the DIE internal representation. */
7415 static int print_indent
;
7417 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7420 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
7422 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
7425 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7426 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7429 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
7435 print_spaces (outfile
);
7436 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7437 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7438 print_spaces (outfile
);
7439 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
7440 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld\n", die
->die_offset
);
7442 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7444 print_spaces (outfile
);
7445 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
7447 switch (AT_class (a
))
7449 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7450 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
7452 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7453 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
7455 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7456 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
7458 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7459 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
7460 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
7462 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7463 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
7465 case dw_val_class_const
:
7466 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
7468 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7469 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
7471 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7472 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
7473 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
7474 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
7476 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7477 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
7479 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7480 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
7482 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7483 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
7485 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
7486 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
7488 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7491 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
7493 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7494 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7495 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7496 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
7498 case dw_val_class_str
:
7499 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
7500 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
7502 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
7504 case dw_val_class_file
:
7505 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
7506 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
7512 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7515 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7518 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
7521 if (print_indent
== 0)
7522 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7525 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7526 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7529 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
7532 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
7534 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7535 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
7537 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
7538 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
7539 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
7540 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
7543 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
7546 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7549 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7551 print_die (die
, stderr
);
7554 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7555 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7561 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
7562 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
7563 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
7566 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
7567 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
7568 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
7571 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
7573 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7574 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
7576 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
7580 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
7583 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
7585 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
7587 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
7591 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
7592 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
7594 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
7597 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7601 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
7603 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
7604 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
7607 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
7610 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
7612 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7615 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
7617 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
7618 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
7619 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
7622 switch (AT_class (at
))
7624 case dw_val_class_const
:
7625 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
7627 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7628 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
7630 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7631 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
7633 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7634 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
7636 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7637 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
7639 case dw_val_class_str
:
7640 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
7643 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7645 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
7646 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
7649 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7650 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
7653 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7654 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
7655 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
7658 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7659 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
7662 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7663 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7664 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7665 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7668 case dw_val_class_file
:
7669 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
7677 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
7680 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
7686 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
7689 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
7692 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
7694 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
7696 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7697 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
7699 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
7703 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
7705 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
7707 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
7709 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
7710 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
7711 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
7714 /* Do the values look the same? */
7716 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
7718 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
7721 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
7724 switch (v1
->val_class
)
7726 case dw_val_class_const
:
7727 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
7728 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7729 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
7730 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7731 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
7732 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7733 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7734 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
7735 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
7737 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
7738 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
7741 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7742 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
7743 case dw_val_class_str
:
7744 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
7746 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7747 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
7748 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
7749 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
7751 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
7752 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
7754 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7755 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
7757 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7758 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
7760 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
7761 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
7763 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
7765 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7766 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
7768 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7769 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7770 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7771 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7774 case dw_val_class_file
:
7775 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
7782 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
7785 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
7787 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
7790 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
7791 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
7792 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
7795 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
7798 /* Do the dies look the same? */
7801 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
7807 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
7809 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
7810 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
7812 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
7815 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
7816 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
7819 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
7820 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
7823 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
7824 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
7833 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
7837 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
7839 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
7849 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
7852 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
7855 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
7857 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
7858 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
7863 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
7865 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
7867 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
7868 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
7870 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
7871 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
7874 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
7876 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7877 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
7878 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
7881 unsigned char checksum
[16];
7884 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
7885 the name filename of the unit. */
7887 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7889 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
7890 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
7891 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7893 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
7894 clean_symbol_name (name
);
7896 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
7897 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
7899 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
7903 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
7904 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
7907 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
7910 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7912 switch (die
->die_tag
)
7914 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
7915 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
7916 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
7917 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
7918 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
7919 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
7920 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
7921 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
7922 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
7923 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
7924 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
7925 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
7926 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
7927 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
7928 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
7929 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
7930 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
7931 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
7932 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
7939 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
7940 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
7941 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
7942 compilations (functions). */
7945 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7947 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
7948 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
7949 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
7950 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
7952 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
7955 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
7956 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
7957 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
7958 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
7960 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
7962 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
7965 return is_type_die (c
);
7968 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
7969 compilation unit. */
7972 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7974 return (is_type_die (c
)
7975 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
7976 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
))
7977 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
7978 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
7982 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
7986 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
7987 return xstrdup (buf
);
7990 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
7993 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
7997 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
7999 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
8001 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
8003 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
8004 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
8005 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
8008 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
8011 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
8014 struct cu_hash_table_entry
8017 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
8018 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
8021 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
8023 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
8025 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
8026 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
8028 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
8032 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
8034 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
8035 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
8036 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
8038 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
8042 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
8044 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
8045 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
8055 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
8058 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
8060 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
8061 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
8063 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
8065 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
8066 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
8070 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
8072 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
8078 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
8082 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
8084 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
8085 entry
->next
= *slot
;
8091 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
8093 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
8095 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
8097 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
8098 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
8102 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
8105 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
8106 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
8107 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
8110 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
8113 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
8114 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
8115 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
8119 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
8121 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
8122 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
8124 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
8126 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
8127 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
8129 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
8130 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
8131 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
8132 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
8134 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
8136 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
8139 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8142 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
8143 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
8147 assign_symbol_names (die
);
8148 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
8149 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
8155 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
8156 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
8157 &comdat_symbol_number
);
8158 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
8160 *pnode
= node
->next
;
8163 pnode
= &node
->next
;
8164 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
8165 comdat_symbol_number
);
8168 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
8171 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
8172 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
8173 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
8176 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
8180 if (! die
->die_child
)
8183 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
8184 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
8186 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
8189 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
8192 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
8198 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8199 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
8200 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
8202 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
8205 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
8206 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
8207 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
8208 die are visited recursively. */
8211 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
8213 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
8214 unsigned int n_alloc
;
8219 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
8220 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
8221 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8222 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
8223 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
8225 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
8226 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
8229 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
8231 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
8232 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
8236 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
8238 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
8241 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
8242 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
8245 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
8247 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
8248 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
8249 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
8259 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
8261 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
8263 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
8264 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
8267 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
8268 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
8269 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
8272 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
8273 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
8276 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
8277 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
8280 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
8283 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
8290 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
8293 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
8298 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
8299 .debug_info section. */
8301 static unsigned long
8302 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8304 unsigned long size
= 0;
8308 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
8309 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8311 switch (AT_class (a
))
8313 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8314 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8316 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8317 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8319 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8321 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
8324 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
8328 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8329 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8331 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8332 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8334 case dw_val_class_const
:
8335 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
8337 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8338 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
8340 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
8341 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
8343 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8344 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
8345 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
8346 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
8347 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
8349 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8352 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8353 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address length,
8354 whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an offset. */
8355 if (AT_ref_external (a
) && dwarf_version
== 2)
8356 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8358 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8360 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8361 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8363 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8364 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8366 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8367 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8368 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8370 case dw_val_class_str
:
8371 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
8372 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8374 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
8376 case dw_val_class_file
:
8377 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
8387 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
8388 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
8389 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
8390 die_offset field in each DIE. */
8393 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
8397 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
8398 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
8400 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
8402 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8403 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
8404 next_die_offset
+= 1;
8407 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
8408 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
8409 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
8410 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
8413 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
8417 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
8420 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
8423 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
8426 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
8430 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
8433 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
8436 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
8439 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
8449 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
8451 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8452 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8453 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
8456 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
8457 generated for the compilation unit. */
8459 static unsigned long
8460 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
8466 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
8467 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
8468 if (names
!= pubtype_table
8469 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
8470 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
8471 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
8473 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8477 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
8479 static unsigned long
8480 size_of_aranges (void)
8484 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
8486 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
8487 if (text_section_used
)
8488 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8489 if (cold_text_section_used
)
8490 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8491 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
8493 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
8494 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8498 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
8500 static enum dwarf_form
8501 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
8503 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
8505 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8506 return DW_FORM_addr
;
8507 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8508 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8509 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8510 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
8513 return DW_FORM_data4
;
8515 return DW_FORM_data8
;
8519 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8520 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
8523 return DW_FORM_block1
;
8525 return DW_FORM_block2
;
8529 case dw_val_class_const
:
8530 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
8531 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8532 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
8535 return DW_FORM_data1
;
8537 return DW_FORM_data2
;
8539 return DW_FORM_data4
;
8541 return DW_FORM_data8
;
8545 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
8546 return DW_FORM_block1
;
8547 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8548 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
8549 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
8552 return DW_FORM_block1
;
8554 return DW_FORM_block2
;
8556 return DW_FORM_block4
;
8560 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8561 return DW_FORM_flag
;
8562 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8563 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
8564 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
8567 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8568 return DW_FORM_data
;
8569 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8570 return DW_FORM_addr
;
8571 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8572 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8573 return DW_FORM_data
;
8574 case dw_val_class_str
:
8575 return AT_string_form (a
);
8576 case dw_val_class_file
:
8577 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
8580 return DW_FORM_data1
;
8582 return DW_FORM_data2
;
8584 return DW_FORM_data4
;
8594 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
8597 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
8599 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
8601 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
8604 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
8608 output_abbrev_section (void)
8610 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
8612 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
8614 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
8618 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
8619 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
8620 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
8622 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
8625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
8627 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
8630 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
8631 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
8632 output_value_format (a_attr
);
8635 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
8636 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
8639 /* Terminate the table. */
8640 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
8643 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
8646 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
8648 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
8653 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
8654 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
8655 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
8657 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
8659 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
8662 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
8663 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
8664 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
8666 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
8667 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
8668 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
8670 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node
);
8672 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
8674 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
8675 retlist
->section
= section
;
8677 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
8682 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
8685 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
8686 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
8687 const char *section
)
8691 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8692 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
8695 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
8696 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
8699 /* Output the location list given to us. */
8702 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
8704 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
8706 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8708 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
8709 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
8712 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
8713 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
8715 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
8717 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
8718 "Location list begin address (%s)",
8719 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8720 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
8721 "Location list end address (%s)",
8722 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8726 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
8727 "Location list begin address (%s)",
8728 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8729 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
8730 "Location list end address (%s)",
8731 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8733 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
8735 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8736 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
8737 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
8739 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
8742 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
8743 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
8744 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8745 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
8746 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
8747 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
8750 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
8751 the definitions of each child DIE. */
8754 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8761 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
8762 them to point to. */
8763 if (die
->die_symbol
)
8764 output_die_symbol (die
);
8766 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
8767 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
8768 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
8770 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8772 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
8774 switch (AT_class (a
))
8776 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8777 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
8780 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8781 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
8785 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8787 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
8789 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
8790 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8791 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
8792 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
8797 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8798 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
8800 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8801 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
8803 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
8806 case dw_val_class_const
:
8807 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
8808 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
8809 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
8810 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
8813 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8814 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
8815 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
8818 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
8820 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
8822 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
8823 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
8826 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8828 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
8829 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
8833 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
8834 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
8837 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
8838 first
, "long long constant");
8839 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
8844 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8846 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
8847 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
8851 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
8852 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
8853 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
8858 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
8861 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
8862 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
8866 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8867 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
8870 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8872 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
8875 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
8880 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8881 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
8883 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
8888 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
8889 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an offset. */
8890 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
8891 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
8893 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
8894 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s", name
);
8898 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
8899 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
8904 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8908 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
8909 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
8910 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
8915 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8916 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
8919 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8920 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
8921 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
8924 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8925 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
8926 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
8929 case dw_val_class_str
:
8930 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
8931 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
8932 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
8934 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
8936 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
8939 case dw_val_class_file
:
8941 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
8943 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
8944 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
8953 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
8955 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
8956 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8957 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
8958 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
8961 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
8962 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
8965 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
8967 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
8968 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8969 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8970 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
8971 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
8972 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
8973 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
, "DWARF version number");
8974 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
8975 debug_abbrev_section
,
8976 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
8977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
8980 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
8983 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
8985 const char *secname
;
8988 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
8989 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
8992 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
8993 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
8994 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
8995 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
8996 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
8999 build_abbrev_table (die
);
9001 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
9002 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
9003 calc_die_sizes (die
);
9005 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
9008 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
9010 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
9012 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
9013 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
9016 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
9018 /* Output debugging information. */
9019 output_compilation_unit_header ();
9022 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
9027 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
9031 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
9034 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
9036 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
9039 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
9042 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
9047 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
9048 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
9052 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
9054 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
9055 add_pubname_string (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1), die
);
9058 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
9061 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
9066 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9067 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
9068 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
9073 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
9075 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
9076 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
9077 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
9078 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
9079 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
9081 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
9085 e
.name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
9087 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
9089 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
9090 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
9094 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
9095 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
9098 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
9101 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
9104 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
9105 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9106 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9107 if (names
== pubname_table
)
9108 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
9109 "Length of Public Names Info");
9111 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
9112 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
9113 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
9114 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
9115 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
9117 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
9118 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
9119 "Compilation Unit Length");
9121 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
9123 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
9124 if (names
== pubname_table
)
9125 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
9127 if (names
!= pubtype_table
9128 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
9129 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
9131 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
9134 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
9138 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
9141 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
9144 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
9146 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
9149 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
9151 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9152 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
9153 arange_table_allocated
);
9154 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
9155 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
9158 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
9161 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
9162 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
9163 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
9166 output_aranges (void)
9169 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
9171 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
9172 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9173 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9174 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
9175 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
9176 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
9177 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
9178 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
9180 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
9181 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
9182 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
9184 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
9185 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
9187 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
9189 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
9190 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
9191 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
9192 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
9195 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
9196 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
9197 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
9198 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
9199 confused with the terminator. */
9200 if (text_section_used
)
9202 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
9203 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
9204 text_section_label
, "Length");
9206 if (cold_text_section_used
)
9208 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
9210 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
9211 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
9214 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
9216 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
9218 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
9219 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
9221 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
9223 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
9225 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
9226 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
9230 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
9231 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
9232 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
9233 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
9234 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9236 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
9239 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
9241 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
9242 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
9243 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
9244 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
9249 /* Output the terminator words. */
9250 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
9251 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
9254 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
9258 add_ranges_num (int num
)
9260 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
9262 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
9264 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9265 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
9266 ranges_table_allocated
);
9267 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
9268 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
9271 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
9272 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
9274 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9277 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
9278 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
9281 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
9283 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
9286 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
9290 add_ranges_by_labels (const char *begin
, const char *end
)
9292 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
9294 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
9296 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9297 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
9299 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
9300 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
9301 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
9302 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
9305 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
9306 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
9307 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
9309 return add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
9313 output_ranges (void)
9316 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
9317 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
9319 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
9321 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
9325 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9326 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9328 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
9329 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
9331 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
9332 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
9333 base of the text section. */
9334 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
9336 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
9338 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
9339 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
9340 text_section_label
, NULL
);
9343 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
9344 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
9345 about whether the target supports cross-section
9349 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
9350 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
9351 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
9357 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
9358 else if (block_num
< 0)
9360 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
9362 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
9366 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
9367 function section, all we have to do is to take out
9369 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
9370 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
9372 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
9373 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
9374 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
9375 text_section_label
, NULL
);
9380 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
9381 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
9382 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
9383 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
9384 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
9390 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
9391 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
9397 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
9400 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
9401 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
9402 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
9403 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
9404 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
9407 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
9411 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
9412 int length
; /* Path length. */
9413 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
9414 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
9415 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
9418 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
9419 the directories in the path. */
9422 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
9424 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
9425 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
9426 const unsigned char *cp1
;
9427 const unsigned char *cp2
;
9429 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
9430 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
9431 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
9432 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
9433 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
9434 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
9435 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
9437 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
9438 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
9444 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
9445 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
9446 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
9447 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
9448 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
9450 /* Character of current path component the same? */
9451 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
9456 struct file_name_acquire_data
9458 struct file_info
*files
;
9463 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
9466 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
9468 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
9469 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
9470 struct file_info
*fi
;
9473 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
9475 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
9478 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
9480 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
9482 /* Skip all leading "./". */
9484 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
9487 /* Create a new array entry. */
9489 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
9492 /* Search for the file name part. */
9493 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
9494 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
9496 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
9500 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
9506 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
9510 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
9511 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
9512 slowdowns with many input files. */
9515 output_file_names (void)
9517 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
9519 struct file_info
*files
;
9520 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
9529 if (!last_emitted_file
)
9531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
9532 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
9536 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
9538 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
9539 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
9540 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
9543 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
9544 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
9545 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
9546 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
9548 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
9550 /* Find all the different directories used. */
9551 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
9552 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
9553 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
9555 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
9556 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
9559 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
9560 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
9561 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
9562 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
9564 /* Same directory as last entry. */
9565 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
9566 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
9572 /* This is a new directory. */
9573 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
9574 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
9575 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
9576 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
9577 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
9579 /* Search for a prefix. */
9580 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
9581 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
9582 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
9583 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
9584 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
9585 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
9586 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
9587 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
9592 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
9593 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
9594 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
9595 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
9596 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
9597 results in most cases and never is much off. */
9598 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
9599 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
9601 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
9602 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
9607 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
9608 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
9609 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
9610 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
9612 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
9615 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
9617 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
9622 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
9627 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
9628 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
9630 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
9631 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
9636 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
9638 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
9640 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
9641 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
9642 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
9644 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
9645 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
9647 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
9648 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
9653 /* Emit the directory name table. */
9655 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
9656 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
9657 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
9659 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
9660 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i
+ idx_offset
);
9662 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
9664 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
9665 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
9666 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
9667 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
9668 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
9669 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
9671 /* Now write all the file names. */
9672 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
9674 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
9675 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
9677 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9678 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
9680 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
9681 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
9686 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
9687 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
9688 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
9689 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
9691 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
9692 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
9693 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
9695 dw2_asm_output_nstring
9696 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
9698 /* Include directory index. */
9699 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
9701 /* Modification time. */
9702 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
9703 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
9707 /* File length in bytes. */
9708 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
9709 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
9713 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
9714 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
9716 /* Include directory index. */
9717 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
9719 /* Modification time. */
9720 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
9722 /* File length in bytes. */
9723 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
9727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
9731 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
9732 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
9735 output_line_info (void)
9737 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
9738 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9739 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
9742 unsigned long lt_index
;
9743 unsigned long current_line
;
9746 unsigned long current_file
;
9747 unsigned long function
;
9749 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
9750 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
9751 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
9752 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
9754 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
9755 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9756 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9757 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
9758 "Length of Source Line Info");
9759 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
9761 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
, "DWARF Version");
9762 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
9763 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
9765 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
9766 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
9767 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
9768 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
9769 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
9770 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
9771 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
9772 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
9773 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
9774 "Minimum Instruction Length");
9776 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
9777 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
9778 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
9779 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
9780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
9781 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
9782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
9783 "Special Opcode Base");
9785 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
9789 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
9790 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
9791 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
9792 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
9793 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
9801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
9805 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
9806 output_file_names ();
9807 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
9809 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
9810 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
9811 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
9813 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
9814 a series of state machine operations. */
9818 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
9819 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
9821 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
9822 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
9824 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
9827 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
9828 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
9831 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
9832 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
9833 that anything after the last address is this line. */
9834 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
9835 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
9839 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
9841 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
9842 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
9843 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
9844 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
9845 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
9846 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
9848 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
9851 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
9852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
9853 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
9854 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
9858 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
9859 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
9860 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
9861 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
9862 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
9863 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
9866 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
9868 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
9869 different from the previous line. */
9870 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
9872 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
9873 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
9874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
9877 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
9878 that uses the least amount of space. */
9879 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
9881 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
9882 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
9883 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
9884 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
9885 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
9886 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
9888 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
9889 "line %lu", current_line
);
9892 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
9893 depending on the value being encoded. */
9894 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
9895 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
9896 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
9897 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
9901 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
9902 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
9905 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
9908 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
9909 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
9910 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
9914 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
9915 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
9916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
9917 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
9920 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
9921 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
9922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
9927 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
9929 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
9930 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
9933 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
9934 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
9935 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
9936 && line_info
->function
== function
)
9940 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
9941 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
9942 to handle it differently. */
9943 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
9945 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
9947 function
= line_info
->function
;
9949 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
9950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
9951 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
9952 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
9953 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
9957 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
9960 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
9961 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
9962 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
9966 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
9967 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
9968 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
9969 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
9973 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
9975 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
9976 different from the previous line. */
9977 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
9979 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
9980 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
9981 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
9984 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
9985 that uses the least amount of space. */
9986 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
9988 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
9989 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
9990 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
9991 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
9992 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
9993 "line %lu", current_line
);
9996 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
9997 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
9998 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
9999 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
10003 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
10011 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
10012 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
10013 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
10018 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
10019 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
10022 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
10023 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
10024 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
10028 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
10029 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
10030 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
10031 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
10034 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
10035 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
10036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
10037 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
10041 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
10042 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
10045 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
10046 a DIE that describes the given type.
10048 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
10049 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
10052 base_type_die (tree type
)
10054 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
10055 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
10057 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
10060 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
10061 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
10062 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10063 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10065 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
10068 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
10070 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
10071 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
10073 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
10075 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
10076 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
10078 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
10082 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
10083 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
10085 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
10088 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
10089 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
10090 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
10092 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
10095 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
10096 a user defined type for it. */
10098 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
10099 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
10101 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
10105 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
10106 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
10110 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
10111 gcc_unreachable ();
10114 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
10116 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
10117 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
10118 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
10120 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
10121 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
10122 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
10124 return base_type_result
;
10127 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
10128 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
10131 is_base_type (tree type
)
10133 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
10139 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
10147 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10148 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10149 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
10152 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
10159 gcc_unreachable ();
10165 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
10166 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
10167 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
10168 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
10169 ERROR_MARK node. */
10171 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
10172 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
10174 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10175 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
10176 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
10178 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
10179 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
10181 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
10184 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
10185 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
10188 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10190 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
10191 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
10193 if (context_die
== NULL
)
10194 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10196 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
10198 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
10200 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
10201 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
10202 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
10206 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
10208 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
10210 return subrange_die
;
10213 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
10214 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
10217 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
10218 dw_die_ref context_die
)
10220 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10221 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
10222 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
10223 tree item_type
= NULL
;
10224 tree qualified_type
;
10225 tree name
, low
, high
;
10227 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
10230 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
10233 = get_qualified_type (type
,
10234 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
10235 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
10237 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
10238 if (qualified_type
)
10240 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
10242 return mod_type_die
;
10245 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
10247 /* Handle C typedef types. */
10248 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
))
10250 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
10252 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
10254 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
10255 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
10256 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
10258 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
10259 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
10260 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
10261 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
10262 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
10263 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
10264 type to which it refers. */
10265 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
10266 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
10268 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
10273 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
10274 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
10276 else if (is_volatile_type
)
10278 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
10279 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10281 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
10283 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
10284 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
10285 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
10286 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10288 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
10290 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
10291 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
10292 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
10293 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10295 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
10296 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
10297 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
10299 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
10300 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10302 else if (is_base_type (type
))
10303 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
10306 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10308 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
10309 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
10310 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
10311 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
10312 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
10314 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
10315 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
10317 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
10318 not the main variant. */
10319 return lookup_type_die (type
);
10322 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
10323 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
10324 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
10326 && (TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
10327 || (TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
&& DECL_NAME (name
))))
10329 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
10330 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
10331 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
10332 useful source coordinates anyway. */
10333 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
10334 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
10337 if (qualified_type
)
10338 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
10341 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
10342 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
10343 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
10344 types are possible in Ada. */
10345 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
10346 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
10347 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
10350 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
10351 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
10353 return mod_type_die
;
10356 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
10357 an enumerated type. */
10360 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
10362 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
10365 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
10367 static unsigned int
10368 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
10370 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
10372 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
10374 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
10375 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
10377 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
10378 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
10379 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
10383 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
10386 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
10387 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
10388 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
10391 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
10393 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10395 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
10397 /* Find the end of the chain. */
10398 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
10401 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
10402 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
10406 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
10407 zero if there is none. */
10409 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10410 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
10414 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
10417 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
10419 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
10420 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
10422 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
10425 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
10426 a given hard register number. */
10428 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10429 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
10431 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
10435 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
10437 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
10439 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
10440 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
10442 return reg_loc_descr
;
10445 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
10446 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
10448 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10449 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
10450 enum var_init_status initialized
)
10452 int nregs
, size
, i
;
10454 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
10457 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
10458 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
10460 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
10461 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
10462 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
10465 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
10466 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
10468 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
10469 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
10471 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
10476 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
10478 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
10479 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10480 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
10481 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
10487 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
10489 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
10491 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
10494 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
10496 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
10498 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
10499 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10500 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
10501 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
10502 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
10505 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
10506 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
10510 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
10512 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
10514 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
10516 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10517 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
10519 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
10521 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
10522 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
10526 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
10527 else if (i
<= 0xff)
10528 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
10529 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
10530 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
10531 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
10532 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
10533 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
10540 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
10541 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
10542 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
10543 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
10544 || i
>= -0x80000000)
10545 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
10550 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
10554 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
10556 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
10558 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10559 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
10560 enum var_init_status initialized
)
10562 unsigned int regno
;
10563 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
10564 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
10566 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
10567 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
10568 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
10569 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
10570 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
10572 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10576 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10578 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
10579 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10581 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
10582 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10583 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
10584 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
10585 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10586 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
10588 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
10589 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
10590 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
10591 access stack variables. */
10592 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
10593 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
10596 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
10597 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10598 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
10599 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
10602 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
10603 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
10607 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
10608 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
10609 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
10611 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
10612 on stack when drap is used to align stack. */
10613 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
10616 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
10618 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
10621 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
10623 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
10624 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
10629 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
10632 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
10634 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
10635 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10636 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
10637 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
10640 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N locations
10641 used to form the address of a memory location. */
10643 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10644 concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum machine_mode mode
,
10645 enum var_init_status initialized
)
10648 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
10649 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
10651 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
10653 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
10654 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
10656 ref
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10660 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
10661 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
10664 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
10665 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
10667 return cc_loc_result
;
10670 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
10673 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10674 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
10677 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
10679 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
10682 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
10684 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
10685 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
10688 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 2);
10689 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
10692 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
10693 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
10698 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
10699 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
10700 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
10701 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
10703 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
10704 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
10705 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
10706 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
10708 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
10709 autoincrement addressing modes.
10711 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
10712 location list for RTL.
10714 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
10716 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10717 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
10718 enum var_init_status initialized
)
10720 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
10721 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
10723 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
10724 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
10725 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
10726 zeroth element of the array. */
10728 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10730 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
10735 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
10736 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
10738 /* ... fall through ... */
10741 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
10742 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
10743 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
10744 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
10745 contains the given subreg. */
10746 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
10748 /* ... fall through ... */
10751 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
10752 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
10753 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
10754 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
10755 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
10756 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
10757 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
10758 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
10759 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
10760 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
10761 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
10762 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
10763 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
10764 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
10765 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10766 else if (stack_realign_drap
10768 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
10769 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
10771 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
10772 out, use DRAP instead. */
10773 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
10774 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10779 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
10780 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10781 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
10782 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
10783 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
10784 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
10788 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
10790 /* ... fall through ... */
10793 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
10794 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
10798 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
10799 by a different symbol. */
10800 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
10803 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
10805 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
10808 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
10809 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
10814 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
10815 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
10816 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
10817 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
10822 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
10823 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
10824 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
10825 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
10829 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
10830 PLUS code below. */
10831 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
10836 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
10838 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
10839 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
10840 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
10841 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
10843 /* ... fall through ... */
10847 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
10848 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
10849 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
10850 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10853 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
10854 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10855 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
10858 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
10859 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
10862 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
10863 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
10864 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10865 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
10867 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
10868 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
10869 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
10874 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
10875 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
10894 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
10895 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10896 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
10897 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10899 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
10902 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
10903 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
10904 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
10909 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
10913 mem_loc_result
= concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
,
10914 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10918 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
10919 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
10924 gcc_unreachable ();
10927 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
10928 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
10930 return mem_loc_result
;
10933 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
10934 This is typically a complex variable. */
10936 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10937 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
10939 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
10940 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10941 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10943 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
10946 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
10947 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
10949 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
10950 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
10952 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
10953 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
10955 return cc_loc_result
;
10958 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
10961 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10962 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
10965 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
10966 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
10968 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
10970 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
10971 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
10973 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
10977 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
10978 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
10981 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
10982 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
10984 return cc_loc_result
;
10987 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
10988 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
10989 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
10990 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
10991 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
10993 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
10995 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10996 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
10998 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
11000 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
11003 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
11004 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
11005 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
11006 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
11007 contains the given subreg. */
11008 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
11010 /* ... fall through ... */
11013 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
11017 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
11019 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
11020 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
11024 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
11029 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
11034 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
11036 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0), initialized
);
11040 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
11045 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
11046 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
11047 enum machine_mode mode
;
11050 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
11051 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
11053 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
11055 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
11056 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
11057 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
11059 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
11061 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
11065 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
11066 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
11067 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
11073 gcc_unreachable ();
11079 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
11080 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
11081 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
11082 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
11083 the value of LOC. */
11085 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11086 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
)
11088 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
11089 int have_address
= 0;
11090 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
11092 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
11093 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
11096 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
11101 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
11102 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
11103 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
11104 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
11105 the names of types. */
11111 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
11112 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
11113 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
11114 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
11115 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
11119 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
11123 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
11124 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
11127 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
11130 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
11131 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
11132 bool dtprel
= false;
11134 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
11136 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
11138 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
11141 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
11142 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
11144 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
11146 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
11148 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
11152 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
)
11154 loc
= emutls_decl (loc
);
11155 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
11156 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
11159 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
11160 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
11165 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
11166 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
11169 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
11170 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
11171 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
11172 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
11174 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
11175 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
11183 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
11184 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
11189 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11191 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
11193 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
11195 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
11197 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
11198 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
11199 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
11200 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
11202 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
11204 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
11206 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
11207 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
11208 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
11212 enum machine_mode mode
;
11214 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
11215 if (want_address
== 2)
11216 return loc_descriptor (rtl
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11218 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
11221 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
11224 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11230 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
11234 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
11235 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
11238 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
11241 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
11243 case COMPONENT_REF
:
11244 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
11246 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
11249 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
11250 enum machine_mode mode
;
11252 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
11254 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
11255 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
11260 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj
, 1);
11262 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
11265 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
11267 /* Variable offset. */
11268 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0);
11271 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
11272 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
11275 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
11276 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, bytepos
);
11283 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
11284 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
11291 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
11292 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
11293 enum machine_mode mode
;
11295 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
11297 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
11298 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
11299 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
11304 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
11305 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
11310 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
11315 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
11316 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
11321 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
11322 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
11323 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
11324 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
11332 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
11333 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
11334 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
11335 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
11348 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
11351 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
11353 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
11354 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
11356 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
11360 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
11368 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
11375 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
11382 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
11389 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
11404 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
11405 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
11406 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
11409 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
11410 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
11413 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
11427 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
11431 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
11437 const enum tree_code code
=
11438 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
11440 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
11441 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
11442 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
11443 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
11446 /* ... fall through ... */
11450 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
11451 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
11452 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
11453 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
11454 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
11456 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
11457 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
11460 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
11461 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
11463 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
11464 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
11465 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
11467 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
11468 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
11469 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
11471 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
11472 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
11473 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
11474 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
11475 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
11479 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
11483 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
11484 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
11485 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
11486 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
11489 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
11490 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
11491 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
11492 gcc_unreachable ();
11494 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
11495 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
11500 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
11501 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
11504 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
11505 if (!want_address
&& have_address
&& ret
)
11507 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
11509 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
11511 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
11514 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
11516 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
11522 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
11523 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
)
11525 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc
, 2);
11528 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
11529 which is not less than the value itself. */
11531 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
11532 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
11534 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
11537 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
11538 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
11539 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
11540 ERROR_MARK node. */
11543 field_type (const_tree decl
)
11547 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
11548 return integer_type_node
;
11550 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
11551 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
11552 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11557 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
11558 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
11559 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
11561 static inline unsigned
11562 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
11564 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
11567 static inline unsigned
11568 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
11570 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
11573 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
11575 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
11576 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t
, unsigned int align
)
11578 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
11579 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
11580 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
11581 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
11582 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) t
;
11588 return (HOST_WIDE_INT
) u
;
11591 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
11592 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
11593 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
11594 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
11595 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
11598 static HOST_WIDE_INT
11599 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
11601 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
11602 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
11604 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
11607 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
11609 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
11610 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
11611 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
11612 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
11615 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
11617 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
11618 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
11621 tree field_size_tree
;
11622 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
11623 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
11624 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
11625 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
11626 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
11628 type
= field_type (decl
);
11629 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
11630 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
11632 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
11634 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
11635 a flexible array member. */
11636 if (!field_size_tree
)
11637 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
11639 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
11640 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
11641 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
11643 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
11645 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
11647 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
11648 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
11649 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
11650 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
11651 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
11652 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
11653 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
11654 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
11655 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
11657 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
11659 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
11660 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
11661 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
11662 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
11663 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
11664 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
11665 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
11666 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
11667 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
11668 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
11669 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
11671 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
11672 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
11673 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
11674 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
11675 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
11676 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
11677 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
11678 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
11679 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
11680 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
11683 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
11684 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
11685 must have believed that the containing object started (within
11686 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
11687 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
11688 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
11689 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
11691 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
11692 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
11693 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
11695 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
11696 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
11698 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
11700 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
11702 object_offset_in_bits
11703 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
11705 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
11707 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
11709 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
11710 object_offset_in_bits
11711 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
11716 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
11718 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
11721 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
11722 associated with them. */
11724 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
11726 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
11727 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
11728 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
11731 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
11732 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
11735 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
11738 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
11739 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
11740 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
11741 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
11742 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
11743 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
11746 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
11747 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
11748 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
11749 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
11750 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
11751 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
11752 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
11753 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
11754 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
11755 function below.) */
11758 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
11760 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
11761 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
11763 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
11765 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
11766 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
11768 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
11769 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
11770 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
11771 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
11773 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
11775 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
11777 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
11779 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
11780 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
11781 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11783 /* Extract the vtable address. */
11784 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
11785 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11787 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
11788 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
11789 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
11791 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
11792 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11793 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
11794 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11796 /* Extract the offset. */
11797 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
11798 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11800 /* Add it to the object address. */
11801 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
11802 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
11805 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
11808 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
11812 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
11814 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
11815 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
11820 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
11822 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
11823 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
11824 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
11826 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11827 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
11828 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
11832 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
11835 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
11839 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
11842 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
11845 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
11849 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
11855 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
11857 static HOST_WIDE_INT
11858 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
11860 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
11866 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
11872 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
11875 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
11877 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
11881 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
11882 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
11884 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
11885 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
11887 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
11892 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
11893 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
11894 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
11895 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
11896 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
11899 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
11901 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
11905 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
11908 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
11910 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
11915 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
11916 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
11917 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
11918 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
11920 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
11922 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
11924 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
11925 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
11927 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
11928 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
11932 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
11933 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
11935 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
11936 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
11943 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
11944 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
11945 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
11946 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
11950 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
11952 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
11953 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
11955 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
11956 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
11958 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
11966 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
11967 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
11971 gcc_unreachable ();
11974 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
11975 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
11978 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
11979 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
11981 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
11982 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
11987 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
11988 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
11993 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
11994 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
11996 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
11997 insert_float (elt
, p
);
12002 gcc_unreachable ();
12005 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
12010 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
12016 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
12017 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
12021 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
12022 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
12023 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
12024 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
12025 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
12026 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
12027 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
12028 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
12029 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
12030 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
12031 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
12035 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
12036 gcc_unreachable ();
12041 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
12042 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
12045 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
12046 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12048 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
12049 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
12051 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
12052 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
12054 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
12055 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
12056 be conservative. */
12057 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
12058 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
12060 else if (DECL_P (*tp
) && TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
12062 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (*tp
);
12066 else if (DECL_P (*tp
) && TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12067 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
12069 struct cgraph_node
*node
= cgraph_node (*tp
);
12070 if (node
->process
|| TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
12073 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
12079 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
12080 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
12083 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
12085 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
12087 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
12088 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
12089 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
12091 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12092 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
12093 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
12095 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
12097 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
12098 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
12099 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
12100 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
12101 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
12102 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
12103 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
12105 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
12107 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
12109 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
12110 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
12111 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
12113 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
12114 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
12115 reference variables which won't be output. */
12116 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
12117 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
12119 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
12121 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
12122 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
12127 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
12129 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
12130 bool constant_p
= true;
12132 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
12134 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
12135 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
12136 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
12137 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
12138 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
12140 constant_p
= false;
12146 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
12156 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
12158 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
12159 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
12165 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
12168 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
12172 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
12173 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
12174 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
12176 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
12177 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
12178 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
12179 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
12180 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
12181 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
12182 referenced within the function.
12184 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
12185 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
12186 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
12187 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
12189 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
12190 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
12191 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
12192 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
12193 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
12194 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
12196 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
12197 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
12198 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
12199 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
12200 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
12201 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
12202 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
12203 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
12204 output at debug-time.
12206 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
12207 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
12208 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
12209 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
12210 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
12211 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
12212 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
12213 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
12214 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
12215 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
12216 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
12217 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
12218 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
12220 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
12221 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
12222 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
12223 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
12224 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
12225 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
12226 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
12227 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
12228 I'd like to fix it.
12230 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
12231 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
12232 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
12233 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
12234 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
12235 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
12236 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
12237 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
12238 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
12239 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
12240 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
12242 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
12243 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
12245 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
12246 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
12247 fixed registers. */
12248 if (! reload_completed
)
12251 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
12253 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
12255 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
12256 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
12258 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
12263 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
12265 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
12267 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
12268 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
12269 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
12270 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
12272 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
12273 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
12274 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
12275 if (dmode
== pmode
)
12276 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
12277 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
12278 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
12279 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
12281 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
12284 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
12286 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
12287 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
12288 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
12289 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
12296 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
12297 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
12298 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
12299 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
12300 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
12301 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
12303 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
12304 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
12305 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
12306 /* Not passed in memory. */
12307 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
12308 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
12309 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
12310 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12311 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
12312 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12313 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
12316 /* Big endian correction check. */
12317 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
12318 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
12319 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
12322 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
12323 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
12325 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
12326 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
12329 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
12332 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
12333 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
12335 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
12336 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
12338 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
12339 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
12340 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
12341 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
12342 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
12343 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
12345 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
12346 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
12349 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
12350 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
12351 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
12352 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12353 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12356 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
12358 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
12359 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
12360 code, and thus is not emitted. */
12362 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
12367 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
12368 address ranges where a given location is valid.
12369 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
12370 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
12371 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
12372 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
12374 static const char *
12375 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
12377 const char *secname
;
12379 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
12381 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
12382 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
12384 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12386 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
12387 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
12389 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
12390 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
12392 secname
= text_section_label
;
12397 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
12398 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
12399 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
12402 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
12404 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
12405 enum machine_mode mode
;
12406 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
12408 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
12410 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't public or static, or if
12411 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
12412 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
12413 be handled as such. */
12414 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
12415 || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
12416 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
12417 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
12421 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
12422 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
12425 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
12426 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
12428 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
12429 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
12430 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
12431 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
12435 if (offset
!= NULL
)
12437 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
12439 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
12442 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
12447 /* Dereference a location expression LOC if DECL is passed by invisible
12450 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12451 loc_by_reference (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, tree decl
)
12453 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
12454 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12459 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
12460 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != RESULT_DECL
12461 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
)
12462 || !DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
))
12465 /* If loc is DW_OP_reg{0...31,x}, don't add DW_OP_deref, instead
12466 change it into corresponding DW_OP_breg{0...31,x} 0. Then the
12467 location expression is considered to be address of a memory location,
12468 rather than the register itself. */
12469 if (((loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
12470 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_regx
)
12471 && (loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
12472 || (loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_uninit
12473 && loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)))
12475 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_regx
)
12477 loc
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_bregx
;
12478 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= 0;
12483 = (enum dwarf_location_atom
)
12484 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
+ (DW_OP_breg0
- DW_OP_reg0
));
12485 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
= 0;
12490 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12491 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
12493 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12496 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
12497 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
12501 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
12502 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
12503 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
12504 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
12505 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
12506 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
12507 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
12508 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
12509 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
12510 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
12513 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
12514 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
12517 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
12518 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
12519 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
12520 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12523 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
12524 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
12526 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
12527 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
12529 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
12531 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
!= loc_list
->last
)
12533 const char *endname
, *secname
;
12534 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
12536 enum var_init_status initialized
;
12538 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
12539 actually construct the list of locations.
12540 The first location information is what is passed to the
12541 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
12542 locations just get added on to that list.
12543 Note that we only know the start address for a location
12544 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
12545 the range [current location start, next location start].
12546 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
12547 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
12549 node
= loc_list
->first
;
12550 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
12551 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
12553 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
))
12554 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
12556 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
12558 descr
= loc_by_reference (loc_descriptor (varloc
, initialized
), decl
);
12559 list
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
, 1);
12562 for (; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
12563 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
12565 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
12566 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
12567 enum var_init_status initialized
=
12568 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
12569 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
12570 descr
= loc_by_reference (loc_descriptor (varloc
, initialized
),
12572 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, descr
,
12573 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
);
12576 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
12577 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
12578 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
12580 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12581 enum var_init_status initialized
=
12582 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
12584 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
12585 if (!current_function_decl
)
12586 endname
= text_end_label
;
12589 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
12590 current_function_funcdef_no
);
12591 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
12593 descr
= loc_by_reference (loc_descriptor (varloc
, initialized
),
12595 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, descr
,
12596 node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
12599 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
12600 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr
, list
);
12604 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
12607 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
12608 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
))
12610 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
12614 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
12615 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
12616 location list, try generating a location from that. */
12617 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
12619 enum var_init_status status
;
12620 node
= loc_list
->first
;
12621 status
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
12622 descr
= loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
), status
);
12625 descr
= loc_by_reference (descr
, decl
);
12626 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
12631 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
12632 description from the tree. */
12633 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
);
12636 descr
= loc_by_reference (descr
, decl
);
12637 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
12640 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
12641 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
12642 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
);
12645 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
12648 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
12650 deferred_locations entry
;
12651 entry
.variable
= variable
;
12653 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
12656 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
12657 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
12660 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
12664 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
12668 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
12671 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
12672 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
12674 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12675 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
12677 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
12679 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
12681 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
12683 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
12684 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
12685 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
12686 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
12689 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
12694 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
12695 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
12697 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
12699 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
12700 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
12701 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
12702 constructor_elt
*ce
;
12704 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
12705 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
12708 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
12709 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
12712 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
12713 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
12715 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
12718 tree val
= ce
->value
;
12719 tree index
= ce
->index
;
12721 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
12722 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
12725 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
12730 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
12733 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
12734 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
12736 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
12737 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
12741 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
12742 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
12745 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
12749 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
12750 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
12752 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
12753 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
12754 constructor_elt
*ce
;
12756 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
12759 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
12760 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
12763 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
12764 cnt
++, field
= field
? TREE_CHAIN (field
) : 0)
12766 tree val
= ce
->value
;
12767 int pos
, fieldsize
;
12769 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
12775 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
12778 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
12779 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
12780 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
12782 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
12783 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
12785 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
12786 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
12787 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
12789 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
12795 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
12796 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
12797 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
12799 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
12803 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
12804 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
12805 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
12808 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
12811 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
12814 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
)
12817 init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
12818 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
)
12823 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
12825 add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, rtl
);
12826 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
12827 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
12828 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
12830 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
12831 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
12833 unsigned char *array
= GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size
);
12835 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
12836 add_AT_vec (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
12841 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
12842 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
12843 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
12844 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
12847 static dw_loc_list_ref
12848 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
12851 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
12853 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
12854 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
12855 dw_cfa_location remember
;
12857 fde
= current_fde ();
12858 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
12860 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
12864 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
12865 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
12866 remember
= next_cfa
;
12868 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
12870 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
12871 advance opcodes. */
12872 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
12873 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
12875 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
12876 last_label
= start_label
;
12878 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
12879 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
12881 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
12882 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
12883 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
12884 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
12885 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
12887 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
12888 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
12891 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
12892 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
12893 start_label
= last_label
;
12895 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
12898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
12899 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
12900 gcc_unreachable ();
12903 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
12907 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
12909 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
12910 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
12912 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
12913 start_label
= last_label
;
12915 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
12916 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
,
12922 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
12923 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
12924 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
12925 before the latter is negated. */
12928 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
12932 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
12933 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
12934 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
12936 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
12937 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
12940 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
12941 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
12943 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
12944 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
12947 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12948 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12949 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
12950 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
12951 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12952 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
12954 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
12957 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
12958 the value of the attribute. */
12961 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
12963 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
12965 if (demangle_name_func
)
12966 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
12968 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
12972 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
12975 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
12977 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
12983 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
12987 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
12988 wd1
= GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen
+ 2);
12990 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
12991 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
12995 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
12998 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
12999 a representation for that bound. */
13002 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
13004 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
13009 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
13011 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
13012 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
13013 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
13014 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
13015 /* Use the default. */
13018 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
13022 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
13023 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
13033 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
13034 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13036 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
13037 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
13038 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
13039 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
13040 later parameter. */
13041 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
13042 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
13045 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (bound
, 0);
13046 add_AT_location_description (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, loc
);
13053 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
13054 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
13056 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
13057 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13059 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
);
13063 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
13064 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
13066 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
13068 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
13069 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
13070 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
13071 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
13073 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
13079 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
13080 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
13081 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
13082 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
13085 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
13087 unsigned dimension_number
;
13089 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
13091 for (dimension_number
= 0;
13092 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
13093 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
13095 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
13097 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
13100 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
13101 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
13103 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
13106 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
13107 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
13108 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
13110 /* Define the index type. */
13111 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
13113 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
13114 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
13115 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
13116 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
13117 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
13118 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
13119 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
13122 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
13126 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
13127 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
13129 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
13130 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
13131 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
13133 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
13135 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
13138 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
13139 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
13145 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
13149 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
13154 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
13157 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
13158 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
13161 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
13162 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
13163 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
13164 even for bit-fields. */
13165 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13168 gcc_unreachable ();
13171 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
13172 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
13173 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
13174 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
13175 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
13178 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
13179 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
13180 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
13183 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
13184 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
13185 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
13186 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
13187 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
13188 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
13190 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
13191 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
13192 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
13195 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
13197 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
13198 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
13199 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
13200 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
13201 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
13202 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
13204 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
13205 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
13207 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
13208 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
13209 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
13210 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
13211 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
13214 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
13216 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
13217 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
13218 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
13219 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
13220 below must take account of these differences. */
13221 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13222 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
13224 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13226 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
13227 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
13231 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
13232 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
13233 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
13235 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
13238 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
13239 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
13242 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
13244 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
13245 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
13246 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
13248 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
13249 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
13252 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
13253 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
13256 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
13258 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
13259 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
13260 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
13263 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
13264 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
13267 static inline dw_die_ref
13268 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
13270 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
13272 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
13274 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
13275 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
13276 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
13278 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
13279 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
13283 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
13285 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
13287 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
13290 if (DECL_P (origin
))
13291 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
13292 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
13293 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
13295 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
13296 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
13297 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
13298 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
13299 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
13300 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
13301 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
13305 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
13309 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
13312 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
13314 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
13316 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
13318 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
13319 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
13320 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
13321 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
13324 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
13325 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13326 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
13327 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
13331 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
13334 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
13336 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
13338 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
13339 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
13342 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
13343 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
13346 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
13350 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
13351 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
13353 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
13354 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
13355 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
13357 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
13358 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
13359 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
13360 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
13363 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
13364 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
13366 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
13368 asm_name
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
13369 asm_name
->die
= die
;
13370 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
13371 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
13372 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
13374 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
13375 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
13376 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
13380 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
13381 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
13382 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
13383 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
13385 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
13386 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
13387 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
13392 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
13395 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
13397 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
13400 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
13403 pop_decl_scope (void)
13405 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
13408 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
13409 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
13410 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
13411 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
13412 the current active scope. */
13415 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13417 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
13418 tree containing_scope
;
13421 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
13422 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
13424 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
13426 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
13427 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
13429 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
13432 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
13435 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
13436 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
13437 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
13438 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
13439 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
13441 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
13442 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13443 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
13445 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
13446 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
13447 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
13448 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
13449 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
13454 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
13455 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
13457 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
13458 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13461 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
13464 scope_die
= context_die
;
13469 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
13472 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
13474 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
13475 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
13476 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
13482 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
13485 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
13487 return (context_die
13488 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
13489 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
13490 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
13491 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
13494 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
13495 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
13498 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
13500 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
13501 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
13504 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
13505 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
13506 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
13509 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
13510 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13512 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
13513 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
13515 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
13516 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
13517 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
13518 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
13519 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
13520 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
13521 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
13523 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
13524 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
13525 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
13526 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
13527 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
13530 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
13531 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
13532 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
13535 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
13536 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
13539 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
13540 function call type. */
13542 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
13544 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
13546 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
13547 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
13549 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
13550 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
13551 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
13552 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
13553 time being, following existing custom. */
13555 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
13556 value
= DW_CC_program
;
13558 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
13559 is not DW_CC_normal. */
13560 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
13561 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
13564 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
13565 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
13566 was declared without a tag. */
13568 static const char *
13569 type_tag (const_tree type
)
13571 const char *name
= 0;
13573 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
13577 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
13578 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
13579 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
13581 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
13582 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
13584 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
13585 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
13587 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
13588 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
13589 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
13590 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
13591 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
13592 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
13595 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
13596 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
13597 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
13600 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
13603 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
13604 for bit field types. */
13607 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
13609 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
13610 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
13613 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
13614 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
13617 static const char *
13618 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
13621 const char *fnname
;
13623 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
13624 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
13627 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
13629 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
13634 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
13635 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
13636 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
13639 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13641 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
13642 dw_die_ref array_die
;
13644 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
13645 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
13646 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
13647 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
13648 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
13649 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
13650 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
13651 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
13652 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
13654 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
13657 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
13658 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
13659 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
13660 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
13662 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
13664 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
13666 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
13667 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
13668 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
13669 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
13671 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
13672 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
13673 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
13674 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
13676 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
13677 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (szdecl
);
13679 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
13680 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
13682 add_AT_loc (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
13683 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13684 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
13690 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
13691 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
13692 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
13693 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
13696 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
13697 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
13698 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
13701 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
13702 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
13703 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
13705 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
13707 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
13708 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
13709 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
13710 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
13713 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
13715 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
13716 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
13717 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
13718 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
13721 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
13722 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
13723 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
13724 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
13725 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
13726 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
13727 for multidimensional arrays. */
13728 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
13731 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
13732 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
13733 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
13734 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
13735 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
13738 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
13740 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
13741 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
13742 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13743 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
13744 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
13746 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
13748 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
13751 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
13752 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
13755 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
13757 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
13758 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
13761 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13762 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
13764 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
13765 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
13766 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13768 if (val
== base_decl
)
13769 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
13771 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
13774 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
13776 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (val
, 0);
13778 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
13779 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
13782 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
13785 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
13788 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13789 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13791 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
13793 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
13795 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
13796 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
13799 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
13802 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
13808 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
13811 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
13814 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
13815 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13837 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
13838 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
13840 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13842 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
13844 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
13848 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
13852 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
13855 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
13856 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
13859 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
13860 dw_die_ref context_die
)
13862 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
13863 dw_die_ref array_die
;
13866 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
13867 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
13868 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
13870 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
13872 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
13873 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
13875 if (info
->data_location
)
13876 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
13878 if (info
->associated
)
13879 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
13881 if (info
->allocated
)
13882 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
13885 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
13887 dw_die_ref subrange_die
13888 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
13890 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
13892 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
13893 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
13894 && integer_zerop (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
13896 else if (is_fortran ()
13897 && integer_onep (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
13900 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
13901 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
13904 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
13905 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
13906 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
13908 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
13909 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
13910 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
13914 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
13915 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
13917 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
13918 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
13923 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13925 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
13926 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
13928 if (origin
!= NULL
)
13929 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
13932 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
13933 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
13934 0, 0, context_die
);
13937 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
13938 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
13940 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
13944 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13945 emit full debugging info for them. */
13948 retry_incomplete_types (void)
13952 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
13953 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
13956 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
13958 static enum dwarf_tag
13959 record_type_tag (tree type
)
13961 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
13962 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
13964 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
13966 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
13967 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
13969 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
13970 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
13972 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
13973 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
13976 gcc_unreachable ();
13980 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
13981 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
13982 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
13986 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13988 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13990 if (type_die
== NULL
)
13992 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
13993 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
13994 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
13995 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
13997 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
14000 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
14002 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
14003 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
14004 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
14005 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
14009 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
14010 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
14011 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
14012 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
14014 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
14015 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
14016 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
14017 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
14019 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
14020 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
14022 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
14023 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
14025 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
14026 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
14028 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
14029 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
14031 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
14032 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
14033 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
14034 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
14035 values as if they were signed. That means that
14036 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
14037 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
14038 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
14039 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
14043 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
14045 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
14046 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
14051 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
14052 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
14055 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
14056 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
14057 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
14058 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
14059 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
14060 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
14061 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
14062 argument type of some subprogram type. */
14065 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14067 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
14068 dw_die_ref parm_die
14069 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
14071 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
14073 case tcc_declaration
:
14075 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
14076 if (origin
!= NULL
)
14077 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
14080 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node
);
14081 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
14082 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (node
))
14083 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
14086 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
14087 TREE_READONLY (node
),
14088 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
14090 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
14091 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
14094 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
14095 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
14096 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
14097 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
14103 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
14104 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
14108 gcc_unreachable ();
14114 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
14115 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
14118 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14120 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
14123 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
14124 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
14125 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
14126 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
14129 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14132 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
14133 tree first_parm_type
;
14136 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
14138 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
14139 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
14144 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
14146 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
14147 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
14148 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
14150 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
14152 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
14153 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
14156 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
14157 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
, context_die
);
14158 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
14159 && link
== first_parm_type
)
14160 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
14161 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
14163 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
14165 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
14168 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
14169 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
14170 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
14171 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
14173 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
14174 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
14175 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
14176 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
14177 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
14178 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
14181 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
14182 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
14183 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
14184 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
14185 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
14188 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14190 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
14192 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
14193 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
14194 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
14195 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
14197 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14198 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
14200 push_decl_scope (type
);
14201 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
14202 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
14203 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
14204 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
14206 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
14207 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
14208 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
14209 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
14210 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
14212 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
14213 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
14217 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
14223 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
14224 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
14227 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
14229 dw_die_ref old_die
;
14232 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
14234 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
14235 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
14236 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
14238 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
14239 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
14240 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
14243 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
14244 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
14245 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14247 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
14249 gen_type_die_for_member
14250 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
14253 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
14254 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
14255 current_function_decl
= decl
;
14256 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
14258 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
14259 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
14260 if (! was_abstract
)
14261 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
14263 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
14267 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
14268 htab_traverse_resize().
14270 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
14271 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
14273 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14278 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
14279 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
14281 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
14285 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
14287 premark_used_types (void)
14289 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
14290 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
14293 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
14297 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14299 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14300 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
14301 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
14304 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
14305 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
14306 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
14308 premark_used_types ();
14310 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
14311 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
14312 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
14313 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
14314 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
14316 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
14317 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
14320 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
14323 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
14324 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
14325 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
14326 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
14327 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
14328 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14329 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
14331 if (origin
!= NULL
)
14333 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
14335 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
14336 inline function. */
14337 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
14338 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
14340 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
14341 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
14345 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
14346 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
14348 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
14349 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
14350 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
14351 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
14352 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
14354 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
14355 something we have already output. */
14359 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
14360 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
14361 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
14362 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
14363 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
14364 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
14365 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
14366 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
14367 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
14368 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
14369 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
14370 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
14372 subr_die
= old_die
;
14374 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
14375 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
14376 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
14377 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
14378 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
14379 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
14380 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
14384 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
14385 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
14386 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
14387 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
14388 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
14389 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
14394 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
14396 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
14397 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
14399 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
14400 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14402 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
14403 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
14404 0, 0, context_die
);
14407 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
14408 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
14409 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
14411 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
14412 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
14413 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
14414 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
14419 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
14421 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
14423 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
14424 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
14425 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
))
14426 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
14428 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
14429 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
14430 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
14431 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
14433 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
14434 later reused to represent definition. */
14435 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
14438 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
14440 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
14442 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
14443 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
14445 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
14449 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
14450 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
14452 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
14455 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
14456 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
14457 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
14459 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
14461 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
14463 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
14465 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
14466 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
14468 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
14470 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
14471 current_function_funcdef_no
);
14472 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
14473 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
14474 current_function_funcdef_no
);
14475 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
14477 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
14478 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
14481 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
14482 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
14483 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
14485 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
14486 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
14487 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
14488 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
14490 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
14491 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
14492 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
14496 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
14497 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
14498 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
14501 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
14503 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
14504 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
14505 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
14506 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
14507 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
14508 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
14509 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
14511 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
14513 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
14514 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
14518 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
14519 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
14520 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
14522 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
14525 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
14526 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
14527 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
14528 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
14529 by this displacement. */
14530 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
14532 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
14533 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
14534 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
));
14537 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
14538 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
14539 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
14540 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
14541 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
14542 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
14543 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
14544 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
14545 an ellipsis at the end. */
14547 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
14548 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
14549 its formal parameters. */
14550 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
14552 else if (declaration
)
14553 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
14556 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
14557 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
14560 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
14561 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
14562 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
14563 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
14565 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
14566 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
14567 "__builtin_va_alist"))
14568 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
14570 gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
14573 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
14574 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
14575 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
14576 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
14577 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
14578 parameters at all. */
14579 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
14580 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
14582 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
14583 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
14584 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
14586 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
14587 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
14590 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
14591 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
14592 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
14594 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
14595 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
14596 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
14597 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
14598 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
14599 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
14600 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
14602 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
14603 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
14604 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
14605 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
14606 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
14607 constructor function. */
14608 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
14610 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
14611 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
14612 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
14614 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
14615 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
14617 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
14618 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
14620 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
14621 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
14623 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
14624 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
14629 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
14630 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
14634 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
14637 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
14639 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
14640 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
14643 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
14644 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
14647 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
14649 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
14650 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
14651 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
14654 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
14655 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
14658 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14662 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
14663 dw_die_ref var_die
;
14664 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
14665 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
14666 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
14667 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
14668 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
14669 might end up being no definition anywhere in
14670 the program. For example, consider the C++
14674 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
14679 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
14681 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
14682 definition is required, so the compiler will
14683 not emit a definition. */
14684 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
14685 && DECL_COMDAT (decl_or_origin
)
14686 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl_or_origin
))
14687 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
14690 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
14692 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
14694 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
14695 of a data member. */
14699 dw_die_ref com_die
;
14700 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
14701 die_node com_die_arg
;
14703 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
14706 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
14708 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (com_decl
);
14713 /* Optimize the common case. */
14714 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
14715 && loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
14716 && GET_CODE (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
14718 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
14719 = plus_constant (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
14721 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, off
);
14723 add_AT_loc (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
14724 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
14730 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
14731 common_block_die_table
14732 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
14733 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
14735 field
= TREE_OPERAND (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
), 0);
14736 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
14737 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
14738 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
14739 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (com_decl
);
14740 if (com_die
== NULL
)
14743 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
14746 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
14747 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
14750 add_AT_loc (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
14751 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
14752 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
14753 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (com_decl
);
14755 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
14756 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
14757 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
14758 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
14759 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
14760 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
14762 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
14764 add_AT_loc (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
14765 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (com_decl
);
14766 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
14768 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
14769 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
14770 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
14771 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
14772 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
14777 /* Optimize the common case. */
14778 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
14779 && loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
14780 && GET_CODE (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
14781 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
14782 = plus_constant (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
14784 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, off
);
14786 add_AT_loc (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
14788 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
14789 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
14790 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
14794 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
14795 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
14796 DIE for it again. */
14799 && old_die
->die_parent
== context_die
)
14802 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
14803 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
14804 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
14805 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
14806 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
14808 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
14811 if (origin
!= NULL
)
14812 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
14814 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
14815 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
14817 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
14818 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
14821 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
14823 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
14824 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
14825 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
14827 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
14828 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
14830 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
14831 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
14832 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
14834 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
14835 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
14837 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
14838 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
14840 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
14841 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
14846 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
14848 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
14849 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
14850 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
14851 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
14852 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
))
14853 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
14855 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
14856 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
14858 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
14859 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
14861 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
14862 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
14864 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
14865 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
14866 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
14867 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
14871 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
14873 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
))
14874 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
14877 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
14878 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
14879 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
14881 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
14882 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
14883 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
14884 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
14885 to add it again. */
14886 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
14888 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
14889 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
14890 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
14892 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
14895 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
14898 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
14901 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
14904 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14906 dw_die_ref const_die
;
14907 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
14909 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
14910 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
14911 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
14912 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
14913 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
14914 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
14915 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
14916 tree_add_const_value_attribute (const_die
, decl
);
14919 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
14922 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
14924 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
14925 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
14927 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14929 if (origin
!= NULL
)
14930 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
14932 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
14934 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
14935 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
14938 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
14940 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
14941 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
14942 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
14946 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
14948 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
14949 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
14950 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
14951 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
14952 it if it ever does happen. */
14953 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
14955 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
14956 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
14961 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
14962 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
14963 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
14966 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
14968 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
14970 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
14971 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
14975 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
14976 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
14979 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
14981 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14983 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
14987 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
14989 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
14990 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
14991 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
14994 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
14996 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
14999 add_ranges (chain
);
15000 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
15007 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
15008 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
15009 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
15010 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
15011 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
15012 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
15016 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
15019 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
15021 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
15023 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
15024 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
15026 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
15029 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
15032 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
15036 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
15038 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
15040 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
15042 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
15043 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
15044 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
15045 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
15046 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
15048 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
15050 dw_die_ref subr_die
15051 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
15053 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
15054 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
15055 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
15056 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
15058 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
15059 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
15063 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
15066 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15068 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
15070 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
15073 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
15074 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
15075 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
15076 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
15079 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
15081 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
15082 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
15083 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
15086 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
15087 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
15089 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
15090 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
15092 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
15093 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
15094 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
15095 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
15097 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
15098 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
15102 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
15103 Use modified_type_die instead.
15104 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
15105 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
15108 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15111 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
15113 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
15114 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
15115 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
15118 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
15119 Use modified_type_die instead.
15120 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
15121 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
15124 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15127 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
15129 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
15130 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
15131 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
15135 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
15138 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15141 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
15142 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
15144 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
15145 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
15146 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
15147 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
15150 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
15153 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
15156 char producer
[250];
15157 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
15160 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
15164 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
15165 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
15166 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
15167 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
15170 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
15172 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15173 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
15174 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
15175 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
15176 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
15177 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
15178 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
15179 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15180 strcat (producer
, " -g");
15183 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
15185 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
15186 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
15187 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
15188 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
15189 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
15190 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
15191 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
15192 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
15193 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
15194 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
15195 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
15196 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
15197 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
15198 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
15199 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
15200 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
15202 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
15204 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
15208 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
15211 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15213 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
15215 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
15216 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
15218 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
15219 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
15221 if (access
== access_public_node
)
15222 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
15223 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
15224 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
15227 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
15230 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15233 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
15236 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
15237 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
15238 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
15239 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
15240 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
15241 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
15242 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
15243 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
15244 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
15245 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
15246 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
15248 /* First output info about the base classes. */
15251 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
15255 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
15256 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
15257 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
15258 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
15261 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
15262 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
15264 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
15265 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
15266 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
15267 do put them in the right order. */
15269 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
15271 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
15273 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
15276 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
15277 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
15279 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
15280 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
15283 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
15285 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
15287 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
15291 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
15292 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
15293 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
15296 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
15297 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
15299 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
15300 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
15302 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
15303 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
15304 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
15305 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
15306 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
15308 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
15311 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
15312 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
15313 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
15316 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
15318 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
15319 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
15321 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
15323 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
15324 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
15326 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
15328 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
15330 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
15333 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
15335 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
15336 then give a list of members. */
15337 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
15339 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
15340 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
15341 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
15342 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
15343 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
15344 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
15346 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
15347 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
15348 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
15349 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
15351 push_decl_scope (type
);
15352 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
15355 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
15356 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
15358 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
15360 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
15361 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
15362 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
15367 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
15369 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
15370 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
15371 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
15372 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
15375 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
15376 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
15379 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
15382 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15384 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15385 dw_die_ref subr_die
15386 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
15387 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
15389 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
15390 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
15391 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
15392 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
15394 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
15395 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
15398 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
15401 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15403 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15406 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
15409 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
15410 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
15411 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
15412 if (origin
!= NULL
)
15413 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
15418 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
15419 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
15421 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
15423 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15424 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
15427 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15429 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
15430 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
15433 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
15434 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
15436 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
15437 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
15440 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
15443 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
15444 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
15447 struct array_descr_info info
;
15449 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
15452 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
15453 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
15454 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
15455 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
15457 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
15460 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
15461 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
15463 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
15464 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
15465 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
15466 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
15467 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
15469 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
15470 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
15474 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
15475 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
15476 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
15477 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
))
15479 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
15480 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
15484 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
15485 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
15486 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
15487 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
15488 cloned type itself). */
15489 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
15490 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
15492 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
15495 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
15501 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
15502 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
15503 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
15504 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
15505 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
15507 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
15509 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
15510 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
15511 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
15512 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
15516 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
15517 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
15518 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
15519 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
15521 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
15522 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
15523 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
15525 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
15527 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
15530 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
15531 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
15532 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
15533 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
15534 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
15538 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
15539 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
15540 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
15541 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
15545 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
15549 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
15552 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
15555 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
15556 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
15557 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
15558 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
15559 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
15560 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
15561 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
15562 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
15563 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
15564 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
15566 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
15568 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
15571 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
15572 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
15573 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
15578 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
15582 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
15584 /* This might have been written out by the call to
15585 declare_in_namespace. */
15586 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
15587 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
15590 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
15595 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
15596 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
15597 when appropriate. */
15603 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
15606 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
15610 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
15614 gcc_unreachable ();
15617 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
15621 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15623 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
15626 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
15627 things which are local to the given block. */
15630 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
15632 int must_output_die
= 0;
15635 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
15636 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
15639 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
15641 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
15642 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
15643 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
15644 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
15648 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
15649 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
15654 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
15657 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
15658 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
15659 must_output_die
= 1;
15662 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
15663 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
15664 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15665 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
15666 as being a "significant" one. */
15667 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
15668 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
15669 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
15670 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
15671 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
15672 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
15673 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
15674 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
15675 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
15676 must_output_die
= 1;
15679 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
15680 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
15681 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
15682 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
15683 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
15684 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
15685 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
15686 if (must_output_die
)
15690 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
15691 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
15692 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
15693 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
15694 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
15695 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
15696 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
15697 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
15699 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
15700 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
15701 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
15702 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
15703 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
15704 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
15707 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
15710 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
15713 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
15714 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
15716 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15719 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
15720 tree ultimate_origin
= origin
? decl_ultimate_origin (origin
) : NULL
;
15722 if (ultimate_origin
)
15723 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
15725 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
15726 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
15727 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
15728 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
15729 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
15733 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
15734 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
15735 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
15736 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
15737 stmt
, context_die
);
15739 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
15742 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
15743 all of its sub-blocks. */
15746 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
15752 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
15753 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
15756 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
15757 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
15758 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
15759 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
15760 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
15761 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
15762 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
15763 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
15766 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
15767 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15770 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
15771 therein) of this block. */
15772 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
15774 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
15775 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
15778 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
15781 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
15783 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
15786 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
15787 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
15788 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
15789 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
15790 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
15791 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
15797 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
15799 static inline dw_die_ref
15800 get_context_die (tree context
)
15804 /* Find die that represents this context. */
15805 if (TYPE_P (context
))
15806 return force_type_die (context
);
15808 return force_decl_die (context
);
15810 return comp_unit_die
;
15813 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
15816 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
15818 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
15819 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
15820 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
15821 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
15824 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
15826 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
15830 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
15832 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
15833 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
15834 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
15835 declaration die. */
15836 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
15837 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
15838 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
15839 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
15843 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
15844 gen_decl_die() call. */
15845 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
15846 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
15847 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
15848 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
15851 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
15852 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
15856 gcc_unreachable ();
15859 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
15861 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
15862 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
15868 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
15869 always returned. */
15872 force_type_die (tree type
)
15874 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15876 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
15879 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
15881 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
15882 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
15883 gcc_assert (type_die
);
15888 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
15889 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
15892 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15894 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
15895 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
15896 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
15897 /* Force out the namespace. */
15898 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
15900 return context_die
;
15903 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
15904 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
15906 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
15907 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
15910 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15912 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
15914 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
15915 return context_die
;
15917 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
15918 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
15919 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
15920 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
15921 return context_die
;
15923 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
15925 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
15929 if (DECL_P (thing
))
15930 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
15932 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
15934 return context_die
;
15937 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
15940 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15942 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
15944 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
15945 they are an alias of. */
15946 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
15948 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
15949 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
15950 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
15951 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
15952 context_die
, decl
);
15953 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
15954 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
15955 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
15957 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
15958 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
15959 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
15960 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
15964 /* Output a namespace alias. */
15966 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
15967 dw_die_ref origin_die
15968 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
15970 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
15971 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
15972 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
15973 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
15974 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
15975 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
15976 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
15977 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
15981 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
15984 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
15986 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
15987 tree class_origin
= NULL
;
15989 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
15992 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
15998 if (!is_fortran ())
16000 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
16001 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
16005 /* Emit its type. */
16006 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
16008 /* And its containing namespace. */
16009 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
16011 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
16014 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
16015 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
16016 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
16017 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
16018 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
16019 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
16020 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
16025 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
16026 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
16027 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
16028 /* This is only a declaration. */;
16031 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
16032 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
16033 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
? origin
: DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
16035 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
16036 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
16037 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
16038 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
16039 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
16040 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
16041 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
16042 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
16043 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
16045 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
16046 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
16049 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
16050 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
16052 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
16053 have described its return type. */
16054 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
16056 /* And its virtual context. */
16057 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
16058 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
16060 /* And its containing type. */
16062 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
16063 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
16064 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
16066 /* And its containing namespace. */
16067 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
16070 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
16072 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
16076 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
16077 actual typedefs. */
16078 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
16081 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
16082 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
16083 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
16084 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
16085 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
16086 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
16087 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
16088 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
16089 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
16091 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
16094 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
16095 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
16097 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
16098 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
16102 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
16103 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
16108 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
16109 variable declarations or definitions. */
16110 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
16113 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
16115 if ((TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == RESULT_DECL
16116 || TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
)
16117 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
16118 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
16120 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
16122 /* And its containing type. */
16123 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
16124 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
16125 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
16127 /* And its containing namespace. */
16128 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
16130 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
16131 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
16132 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
16135 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
16136 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
16137 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
16139 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
16143 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
16144 anonymous unions and structs. */
16145 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
16146 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
16147 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
16149 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
16150 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
16155 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
16156 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
16158 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
16159 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
16162 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
16163 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
16164 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
16168 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
16169 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
16174 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
16175 compilation proper has finished. */
16178 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
16180 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
16181 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
16182 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
16183 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
16184 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16185 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
16188 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
16189 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
16191 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
16194 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
16197 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
16198 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
16199 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
16200 that DECL belongs to.
16201 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
16203 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
16205 tree lexical_block
,
16206 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
16208 expanded_location xloc
;
16209 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
16210 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
16212 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
16214 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
16215 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
16219 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
16221 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
16223 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
16224 at_import_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
16226 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
16227 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
16228 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
16229 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
16230 if (!at_import_die
)
16232 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
16233 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
16234 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
16235 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
16240 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
16241 if (!at_import_die
)
16243 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
16244 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
16245 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
16247 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
16249 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
16250 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
16251 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
16252 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
16254 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
16255 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
16257 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
16261 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
16262 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
16266 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
16270 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
16271 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
16273 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
16274 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
16275 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
16278 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
16279 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
16280 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
16281 importing whole module. */
16284 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
16287 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
16288 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
16290 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
16295 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
16296 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
16299 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
16300 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
16302 && TYPE_P (context
)
16303 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
16305 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
16309 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
16310 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
16311 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
16312 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
16315 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
16316 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
16320 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
16323 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
16325 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16327 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
16332 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
16333 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
16334 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
16335 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
16336 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
16337 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
16338 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
16339 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
16340 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
16341 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
16342 with the definition of the function.
16344 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
16345 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
16346 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
16347 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
16348 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
16349 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
16350 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
16351 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
16352 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
16353 that they *are* definitions).
16355 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
16356 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
16357 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
16358 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
16359 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
16360 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
16363 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
16364 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
16365 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
16366 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
16367 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
16368 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
16369 context_die
= NULL
;
16373 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
16374 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
16375 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
16376 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
16377 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
16378 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
16379 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
16380 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
16381 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
16384 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
16385 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
16386 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
16388 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
16389 variable declarations or definitions. */
16390 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
16395 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
16397 if (!is_fortran ())
16399 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
16400 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
16403 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
16404 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
16405 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
16407 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
16412 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
16413 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
16416 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
16417 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
16418 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
16420 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
16421 comparisons have. */
16423 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
16424 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
16425 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
16430 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
16431 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
16434 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
16435 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
16436 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
16437 context_die
= NULL
;
16445 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
16448 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
16449 a lexical block. */
16452 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16453 unsigned int blocknum
)
16455 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
16456 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
16459 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
16463 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
16465 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
16466 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
16469 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
16470 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
16472 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
16473 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
16474 we may end up calling them anyway. */
16477 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
16482 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
16483 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
16484 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
16486 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
16488 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
16489 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
16490 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
16497 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
16500 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
16502 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
16503 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
16504 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
16505 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
16509 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
16511 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
16512 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
16515 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
16516 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
16517 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
16518 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
16519 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
16520 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
16521 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
16522 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
16523 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
16526 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
16527 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
16530 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
16532 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
16533 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
16534 if (file_table_last_lookup
16535 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
16536 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
16537 return file_table_last_lookup
;
16539 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
16540 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
16541 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
16543 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
16545 created
= GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data
);
16546 created
->filename
= file_name
;
16547 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
16552 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
16553 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
16554 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
16555 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
16556 types, which may include filenames. */
16559 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
16561 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
16563 if (last_emitted_file
)
16564 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
16566 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
16567 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
16569 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
16571 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
16572 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
16573 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
16574 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
16578 return fd
->emitted_number
;
16581 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
16584 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
16589 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
16593 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
16596 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
16598 node
= find_AT_string (dwarf2_name (name
, 0));
16599 /* replace the string. */
16600 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
16604 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (name
, 0));
16607 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
16608 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
16609 our lookup table. */
16612 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
16614 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
16615 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
16617 static const char *last_label
;
16618 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
16621 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
16624 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
16625 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
16626 don't do anything. */
16627 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
16630 newloc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
16631 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
16632 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
16633 if (last_var_location_insn
!= NULL_RTX
16634 && last_var_location_insn
== next_real
16635 && last_in_cold_section_p
== in_cold_section_p
)
16636 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
16639 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
16640 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
16642 newloc
->label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
16644 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
16645 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
16647 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
16648 newloc
->section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
16650 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
16652 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
16653 last_label
= newloc
->label
;
16654 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
16655 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
16656 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, newloc
);
16659 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
16660 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
16661 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
16662 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
16665 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
16667 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
16669 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
16670 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
16672 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
16675 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
16676 and record information relating to this source line, in
16677 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
16680 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
16681 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
16683 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
16685 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
16688 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
16690 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
16692 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
16693 if (flag_debug_asm
)
16694 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
16697 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
16699 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
16700 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
16701 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
16703 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
16704 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
16706 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
16707 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
16708 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
16710 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
16711 line_info_table_in_use
++;
16713 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
16715 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
16716 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
16717 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
16718 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
16720 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
16721 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
16722 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
16724 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
16725 separate_line_info_table
16726 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
16727 separate_line_info_table
,
16728 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
16729 memset (separate_line_info_table
16730 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
16732 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
16733 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
16736 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
16738 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
16739 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
16740 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
16741 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
16745 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
16747 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
16748 line_info_table_in_use
);
16750 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
16751 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
16753 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
16755 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
16756 line_info_table_allocated
);
16757 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
16758 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
16761 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
16762 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
16763 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
16764 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
16769 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
16772 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
16774 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
16776 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
16777 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
16779 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
16780 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
16783 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16785 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
16787 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
16788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
16789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
16792 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
16796 /* Record the end of a source file. */
16799 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16801 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
16802 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
16803 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
16805 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16807 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
16808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
16812 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
16813 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
16814 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
16817 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16818 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16820 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16822 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
16823 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
16824 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
16825 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
16829 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
16830 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
16831 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
16834 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16835 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16837 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16839 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
16840 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
16841 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
16842 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
16846 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
16849 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16851 /* Allocate the file_table. */
16852 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
16853 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
16855 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
16856 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
16857 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
16859 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
16860 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
16861 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
16863 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
16864 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
16866 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
16867 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref
, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
16868 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
16869 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
16870 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
16872 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
16873 line_info_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
16874 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
16876 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
16877 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
16879 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
16880 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
16881 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
16883 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
16884 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
16885 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
16886 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
16887 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
16888 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
16889 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
16891 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
16893 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
16895 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
16896 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16897 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
16898 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16899 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
16900 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16901 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
16902 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16903 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
16904 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16905 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
16906 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16907 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
16908 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16909 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
16910 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16911 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
16912 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
16913 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
16914 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16915 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
16916 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
16918 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
16919 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
16920 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16921 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16922 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
16923 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16924 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
16926 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
16927 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16928 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
16929 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16930 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
16931 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16932 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
16933 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
16934 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
16935 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
16936 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
16937 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
16939 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
16941 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
16942 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
16943 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
16944 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
16947 switch_to_section (text_section
);
16948 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
16949 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
16951 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
16952 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
16953 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
16957 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
16958 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
16961 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16963 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
16965 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
16967 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
16968 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
16969 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
16975 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
16976 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
16979 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
16983 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
16984 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
16986 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
16988 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
16989 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
16992 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
16998 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
17001 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
17002 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
17005 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
17010 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
17012 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
17014 /* A reference to another DIE.
17015 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
17016 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
17018 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
17019 accounts properly for it. */
17020 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
17021 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
17026 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
17027 to DIE's children. */
17030 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
17034 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
17036 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
17039 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
17040 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
17041 if (die
->die_parent
)
17042 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
17044 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
17045 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
17047 /* If this node is a specification,
17048 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
17049 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
17050 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
17053 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
17055 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
17056 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
17059 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
17060 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
17061 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
17062 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
17064 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
17068 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
17069 and if so, mark them. */
17072 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
17076 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
17079 switch (die
->die_tag
)
17081 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
17082 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
17083 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
17086 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
17087 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
17088 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
17089 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
17096 /* Mark children. */
17097 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
17100 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
17103 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
17107 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
17108 children have been marked as well. */
17109 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
17112 switch (die
->die_tag
)
17114 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
17115 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
17116 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
17117 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
17120 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
17121 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
17124 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
17125 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
17126 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
17127 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
17128 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
17130 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
17132 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
17135 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
17136 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
17137 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
17138 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
17139 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
17140 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
17141 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
17142 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
17143 case DW_TAG_friend
:
17144 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
17145 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
17146 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
17147 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
17148 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
17149 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
17150 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
17151 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
17152 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
17155 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
17159 /* Mark everything else. */
17163 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
17167 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
17168 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
17173 /* Mark children. */
17174 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
17177 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
17181 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
17186 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
17187 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
17189 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
17191 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
17192 twice in the hash table. */
17194 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
17197 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
17198 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
17200 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
17206 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
17209 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
17213 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
17214 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
17216 if (! die
->die_child
)
17219 c
= die
->die_child
;
17221 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
17222 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
17223 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
17225 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
17227 /* No marked children at all. */
17228 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
17231 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
17232 die
->die_child
= prev
;
17237 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
17239 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
17240 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
17244 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
17247 prune_unused_types (void)
17250 limbo_die_node
*node
;
17253 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
17254 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
17255 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
17256 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
17257 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
17258 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
17260 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
17261 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
17262 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
17263 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
17265 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
17266 pubname_table or arange_table. */
17267 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
17268 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
17269 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
17270 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
17272 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
17273 if (debug_str_hash
)
17274 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
17275 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
17276 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
17277 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
17279 /* Leave the marks clear. */
17280 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
17281 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
17282 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
17285 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
17288 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
17290 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
17291 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
17292 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
17300 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
17301 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
17302 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
17303 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
17304 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
17305 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
17308 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
17310 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
17311 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
17313 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
17317 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
17319 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
17323 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
17325 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
17326 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
17330 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
17331 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
17334 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
17336 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
17337 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
17340 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
17341 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
17342 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
17343 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
17344 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
17345 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
17348 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
17350 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
17353 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
17355 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
17356 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
17357 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
17361 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
17362 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
17363 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
17364 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
17366 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
17368 next_node
= node
->next
;
17371 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17373 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
17376 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
17377 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
17379 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
17380 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
17381 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
17384 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
17385 nested function can be optimized away, which results
17386 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
17387 with the return type of that nested function. Force
17388 this to be a child of the containing function.
17390 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
17391 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
17392 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
17393 the function is likely unreachable too. */
17394 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
17396 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
17398 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
17399 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
17400 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
17401 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
17403 gcc_assert (context
17404 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
17405 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
17407 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
17409 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
17411 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
17416 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
17418 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
17420 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
17421 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
17423 add_AT_string (node
->die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
17424 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
17425 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
17429 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
17431 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17432 emit full debugging info for them. */
17433 retry_incomplete_types ();
17435 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
17436 prune_unused_types ();
17438 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
17439 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
17440 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
17441 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
17443 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
17444 that have children. */
17445 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
17446 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
17447 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
17449 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
17450 switch_to_section (text_section
);
17451 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
17452 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
17454 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
17455 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
17458 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
17460 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
17462 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
17463 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
17468 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
17470 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
17471 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
17472 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
17473 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
17474 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
17475 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
17476 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
17478 add_AT_range_list (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_ranges
,
17479 add_ranges_by_labels (text_section_label
,
17481 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
17482 add_ranges_by_labels (cold_text_section_label
,
17485 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
17487 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
17489 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
17491 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
17492 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
17493 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
);
17494 if (!fde
->cold_in_std_section
)
17495 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
17496 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
);
17498 else if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
17499 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
17506 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
17507 if (have_location_lists
)
17509 /* Output the location lists info. */
17510 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
17511 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
17512 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
17513 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
17514 output_location_lists (die
);
17517 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
17518 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
17519 debug_line_section_label
);
17521 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
17522 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
17524 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
17525 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
17526 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
17527 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
17529 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
17530 has been emitted. */
17531 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
17533 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
17534 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
17535 output_abbrev_section ();
17537 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
17538 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
17540 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
17541 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
17544 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
17545 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
17546 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
17547 simply won't look for the section. */
17548 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
17550 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
17551 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
17554 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
17555 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
17556 if (fde_table_in_use
)
17558 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
17562 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
17563 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
17565 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
17566 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
17570 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
17571 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
17572 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
17573 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
17574 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
17575 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
17576 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
17578 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
17579 output_line_info ();
17582 /* Have to end the macro section. */
17583 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
17585 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
17586 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
17589 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
17591 if (debug_str_hash
)
17592 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
17596 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
17597 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
17603 0, /* start_source_file */
17604 0, /* end_source_file */
17605 0, /* begin_block */
17607 0, /* ignore_block */
17608 0, /* source_line */
17609 0, /* begin_prologue */
17610 0, /* end_prologue */
17611 0, /* end_epilogue */
17612 0, /* begin_function */
17613 0, /* end_function */
17614 0, /* function_decl */
17615 0, /* global_decl */
17617 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
17618 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
17619 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
17621 0, /* handle_pch */
17622 0, /* var_location */
17623 0, /* switch_text_section */
17625 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
17628 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17630 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"